HP LaserJet 1018 Printer

HP LaserJet 1018 Printer
Enjoy HP LaserJet quality without exceeding your budget. HP’s most
affordable mono laser printer with reliable HP LaserJet print cartridge
delivers impressive results at a very low price. Its sleek, compact design
saves valuable desktop space.
*In addition to fast ppm speeds, most HP LaserJet printers include Instant-on Technology, which delivers a first page out from PowerSave
mode in industry-leading times, according to Quality Logic Printer Performance Test Reports from August 2005. The technology utilises an
innovative, quick-heating fuser system that virtually eliminates warm-up time.
HP LaserJet 1018 Printer
Perfectly priced for the home office and personal use, this mono laser printer delivers the proven reliability and
performance to meet your professional printing needs.
HP’s lowest priced mono laser printer makes high-quality laser printing affordable.
● Create outstanding, professional documents with 1200-dpi effective output quality (600 x 600 dpi resolution)
● Depend on proven HP LaserJet printer and print cartridge technology for reliable, consistent results every time you print
● Rely on a 150-sheet input tray, a single sheet priority input tray and a 100-sheet output bin
● Supports plain paper, envelopes, transparencies, card stock, postcards and labels.
Save valuable space with this sleek, compact laser printer that delivers fast results.
● Conveniently small size and space-saving design makes it ideal for the desktop
● Complete print jobs quickly with fast results at up to 12 ppm
● Thanks to HP’s Instant-on Technology, you can print a first page from PowerSave mode in less than 10 seconds*.
This intuitive laser printer is easy to set up, use and maintain.
● Rely on Hi-speed USB 2.0 connectivity for easy installation and use
● Includes 2MB RAM and a duty cycle of 3,000 pages per month
● Count on support for a wide range of operating systems including Windows® 98, SE, ME, 2000 and XB 32-bit
● Installation and replacement of the all-in-one HP LaserJet print cartridge is simple and convenient.
Technical specifications Ordering information
Print technology Monochrome Laser
Print speed A4 black: Up to 12 ppm
First page out black: Less than 10 sec, due to Instant-on Technology (no warm-up time from warm or cold start)
Speed specification per industry standard testing methods
Processor 234 MHz, RISC
Memory 2 MB
Print quality (1200 dpi-like quality with REt and FastRes)
Print resolution Up to 600 x 600 dpi
Printer languages Host-based printing
Economical printing Economode (saves up to 50% toner at 600 dpi), immediate return to Powersave mode after each print job due to Instant-on
Technology (saves electricity), N-up printing and manual two-sided printing (duplex) (saves paper)
Typefaces/fonts Based on installed typefaces on host computer
Duty cycle Up to 3,000 pages per month
Print margins top: 4 mm, left: 4 mm, right: 4 mm, bottom: 4 mm
Media handling Input Capacity Weight Size
Tray 1 Sheet: 1 60 to 163 g/m² A4, A5, A6, B5, envelopes (C5,
DL, B5), 76 x 127 to 216 x 356
mm
Tray 2 Sheets: 150, transparencies: 135,
envelopes: 15
60 to 105 g/m² A4, A5, B5, envelopes (C5, DL,
B5), 147 x 211 to 216 x 356 mm
Output: Up to 100 sheets. Up to 15 envelopes. Up to 100 transparencies
Duplex printing: Manual (driver support provided)
Media types Paper (laser, plain), envelopes, labels, cardstock, transparencies, postcards
Interface and connectivity Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port
Operating systems compatibility Microsoft® Windows® 98 SE, 2000, Me, XP (32-bit), Server 2003
Optional: Latest drivers available from the HP support Web site at http://www.hp.com/support
Minimum system requirements 90 MHz Pentium®, 120 MB available hard disk space (10 MB minimum install), CD-ROM drive, USB port
Software HP printer software CD-ROM includes HP installer/uninstaller, host-based driver, HP Toolbox for diagnostic status and
configuration, help documentation. Driver downloadable: Latest drivers available from the HP support website at
http://www.hp.com/support
Control panel 2 lights (Attention, Ready)
Power Requirements: Input voltage 110 to 127 VAC (+/- 10%), 50/60 Hz (+/- 2 Hz), 3.5 amps; input voltage 220 to 240 VAC (+/-
10%), 50/60 Hz (+/- 2 Hz), 2 amps. Consumption: 220 watts
Dimensions (w x d x h) Out of package: 370 x 242 x 209 mm
Packaged: 500 x 300 x 345 mm
Weight Out of package: 5 kg
Packaged: 7.21 kg
Operating environment Operating temperature: 10 to 32.5º C. Recommended operating temperature: 10 to 32.5º C. Operating humidity: 20 to 80%
RH. Recommended operating humidity: 20 to 80% RH. Storage temperature: 0 to 40º C. Storage humidity: 10 to 80% RH.
Noise level per ISO 9296: Sound power: LwAd 6.2 B(A). Sound pressure: LpAm 48 dB(A)
Product certifications Safety certifications: IEC 60950-1 compliant; safety UL listed; EU LVD and EN 60950-1 compliant; countries: Argentina (TUV S
Mark), Australia (AS/NZ 60950), Canada (cUL-CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00), China (GB 4943), Estonia (EEI-EN
60950-IEC 60825-1), EU (CE Mark-Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC), Germany (TUV- EN 60950-1-IEC 60825-1), Mexico
(NOM NYCE-NOM 019 SCFI), (Russia (GOST- R50377), Slovenia (SQI- IEC 60950-1-EN 60825-1), South Africa (IEC
60950-IEC 60825-1), US (UL-UL 60950-1; FDA-21 CFR Chapter 1 Subchapter J for lasers); Class 1 laser/LED product laser
safety statement, 21CFR Class A Laser Product (US), EMI statement (Korea), VCCI statement (Japan), Japanese Power Cord
statement, Laser statement (Finland), Canadian EMC Class B requirements, Declaration of Compliance (International)
EMC certifications: EMC Class B requirements (Canada), IEC 60950-1 (International), EN 60950-1 (International), IEC
60825-1+A1+A2, EN 60825-1+A11+A2 Class 1 Laser/LED product, GB4943, CISPR 22 +A1+A2/EN 55022: 1994+A1+A2
Class B, EN 61000-3-2, EN 61000-3-3+A1, EN 55024+A1+A2, FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15 Class B (US), ICES-003, Issue 4,
GB9254, EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, CE Marking (Europe)
Warranty One-year limited warranty
CB419A HP LaserJet 1018 Printer,
HP LaserJet Introductory
Print Cartridge with up to
1000 pages yield (based
on 5% coverage), getting
started guide, printer
documentation and software
on CD-ROM, power cord
Laser Printer Supplies
Q2612A HP LaserJet Q2612A Black
Print Cartridge with
Ultraprecise Toner
2,000 standard pages in
accordance with ISO/IEC
19752
Connectivity
C6518A HP USB Cable, 2m
Service & support
UE502E HP Care Pack, Return to HP, 3
years
UE503E HP Care Pack, Pickup and
Return, 3 years
UE504E HP Care Pack, Next Business
Day Exchange, 3 years
UE508PE HP Care Pack, Next Business
Day Exchange, 1 year
For a complete list of supplies,
accessories and services, please refer
to http://www.hp.com
http://www.hp.com/uk/
© 2006 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP Products and services are set forth
in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for
technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein.
Published in EMEA 03/06 4AA0-3296EEE

DELL- LASER PRINTER P1500 – OWNER’S MANUAL

www. d e l l . c om/ s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Dell™ Personal Laser Printer P1500
Owner’s Manual
Look Inside For:
• Setting up Your printer
• Loading Paper
• Understanding the Software
• Installing Printer Drivers
www. d e l l . c om/ s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Order toner cartridges
Dell™ toner cartridges are available only through Dell. You can order toner cartridges online at
www.dell.com/supplies or by phone.
USA 877-465-2968
(877-Ink2You)
Canada 877-501-4803
Mexico 001-800-210-7607
Puerto Rico 800-805-7545
UK 0870 907 4574
Ireland 1850 707 407
France 0825387247
Italy 800602705
Spain 902120385
Germany 0800 2873355
Austria 08 20 – 24 05 30 35
Netherlands 020 – 674 4881
Belgium 02.713 1590
Sweden 08 587 705 81
Norway 231622 64
Denmark 3287 5215
Finland 09 2533 1411
Switzerland 0848 801 888
www. d e l l . c om/ s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Dell™ Personal Laser Printer P1500
Use this feature: When you want to:
Tray 1 Load up to 150 sheets of paper or 10 sheets of
other media.
Paper support Support media in tray 1 or the top output bin.
Manual feed Load a single sheet of paper or other media. Use
for transparencies, labels, envelopes, and card
stock.
Paper guides Adjust the width of the media in tray 1 and the
manual feed.
Operator panel lights Check the status of your printer.
Top output bin Stack printed documents face down.
Front output door Print on specialty media (for example, labels or
card stock).
Optional 250-sheet tray Increase your paper capacity.
Tray 1
Paper support
Paper
support
Top output
bin
Operator
panel lights
Paper
guide
Manual
feed
Front
output door
Optional 250-sheet tray
Accessing your User’s Guide
To access your User’s Guide, click Start → Programs →Dell Printers →
Dell Laser Printer P1500 →User’s Guide.
Use this feature: When you want to:
Parallel cable connector Connect your computer to your printer parallel
port if you are using a parallel cable.
USB cable connector Connect your computer to your printer USB port if
you are using a USB cable.
Power cord connector Plug your printer into a properly grounded
electrical outlet with the power cord (after all other
peripherals have been connected).
Power switch Turn your printer on or off.
NOTE: You can use either a parallel cable or a USB cable, but do not use both.
Parallel cable connector
USB cable
connector
Power cord connector
Power switch
Notes, Notices, and Cautions
NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better
use of your printer.
NOTICE: A NOTICE indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of
data and tells you how to avoid the problem.
CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates a potential for property damage,
personal injury, or death.
____________________
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.
© 2003 Dell Computer Corporation. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of
Dell Computer Corporation is strictly forbidden.
Trademarks used in this text: Dell and DELL logo are trademarks of Dell
Computer Corporation; Microsoft, Windows and Windows NT are registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to
either the entities claiming the marks and names of their products. Dell
Computer Corporation disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and
trade names other than its own.
UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS
This software and documentation are provided with RESTRICTED
RIGHTS. Use, duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to
restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in
Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013
and in applicable FAR provisions: Dell Computer Corporation, One Dell
Way, Round Rock, Texas, 78682, USA.
FCC emissions information
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. Refer to the
Drivers and Utilities CD for details.

7
CAUTION: Safety instructions
• Your product uses a laser.
CAUTION: Use of controls or adjustments or performance of
procedures other than those specified herein may result in
hazardous radiation exposure.
• Your product uses a printing process that heats the print media,
and heat can cause certain media to release emissions. You must
understand the section in your operating instructions that
discusses the guidelines for selecting appropriate print media to
avoid the possibility of harmful emissions.
CAUTION: If your product is not marked with this symbol , it
must be connected to an electrical outlet that is properly
grounded.
• The power cord must be connected to an electrical outlet that is
near the product and easily accessible.
• Refer service or repairs, other than those described in the
operating instructions, to a professional service person.
• This product is designed to meet safety standards with the use of
specific Dell-authorized components. The safety features of some
parts may not always be obvious. Dell disclaims liability associated
with use of non-Dell-authorized components.
8
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Contents 9
Contents
Accessing your User’s Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FCC emissions information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
CAUTION: Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1 Unpack the printer
Attaching an operator panel overlay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2 Install printer supplies
Installing the print cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Removing toner cartridge packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3 Install the optional 250-sheet drawer
4 Install optional memory cards
Removing the printer side cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Removing the system board shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Installing a memory card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Reinstalling the system board shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Reattaching the printer side cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
10 Contents
5 Load paper
Loading tray 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Loading the optional 250-sheet tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Loading the manual feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
6 Connect your printer
Attaching a cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Turning on the printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Software overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Status Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Printing Status window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Toner Re-order window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Dell Local Printer Setup Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Dell Printer Software Uninstall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Driver Profiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Installing printer drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
If you purchased your Dell printer and computer together . . . 53
If you purchased your Dell printer separately . . . . . . . . . . 54
Using Windows XP with a USB or parallel cable . . . . . . . . 54
Using Windows 2000 with a USB or parallel cable . . . . . . . 55
Using Windows Me with a USB or parallel cable . . . . . . . . 56
Using Windows NT with a parallel cable . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Using Windows 98 with a USB or parallel cable . . . . . . . . 57
Sharing your printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
7 Configure paper trays
Type and size settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Contents 11
8 Verify printer setup
Printing a menu settings page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
9 Appendix
Contacting Dell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Dell Software License Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
12 Contents
1
SECTION 1
Unpack the printer
Attaching an operator panel overlay
14 Unpack the printer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
1 Select a location for your printer.
• Leave enough room to open the printer cover, output door, and optional 250-sheet
tray. It is also important to allow space around the printer for proper ventilation.
• Provide the proper environment:
– A firm, level surface
– Away from the direct airflow of air conditioners, heaters, or ventilators
– Free of sunlight, humidity extremes, or temperature fluctuations
– Clean, dry, and free of dust
2 Remove all items from the box. Make sure you have the following items:
• Setup diagram
• Printer with toner cartridge installed
• Power cord
• Owner’s Manual
• Drivers and Utilities CD
• Operator panel overlay (non-English only)
If any items are missing or damaged, contact Dell at support.dell.com for assistance.
Save the carton and packing material in case you need to repack the printer.
Power cord
Owner’s Manual
Setup diagram
Drivers and Utilities CD
Overlay
Unpack the printer 15
Attaching an operator panel overlay
If you have a non-English operator panel overlay in your printer box and want to use it, peel
it off, align it with the operator panel, and press it into place.
16 Unpack the printer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
2
SECTION 2
Install printer
supplies
Installing the print cartridge
18 Install printer supplies
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Installing the print cartridge
Removing toner cartridge packaging
1 Use the finger tab to pull down the printer cover.
2 Grasp the cartridge handle (behind the packaging tag in the illustration) and pull the
toner cartridge straight up.
3 Remove the protective foam packaging from the toner cartridge.
Cartridge handle
Install printer supplies 19
4 Pull off the plastic piece attached to the ends of the toner cartridge.
Discard the plastic piece, foam and paper.
NOTE: Do not touch the photoconductor drum on the bottom of the toner cartridge.
5 Gently shake the cartridge to distribute the toner evenly.
20 Install printer supplies
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
6 Insert the toner cartridge:
a Align the colored arrows on either side of the cartridge with the corresponding
arrows in the printer.
b Holding the cartridge by the handle, tilt the cartridge down and guide it between
the toner cartridge grooves.
c Push down on the cartridge until it is firmly in place.
7 Close the printer cover.
If you cannot close the printer cover, make sure the toner cartridge is positioned
correctly. Do not force the cover closed.
3
SECTION 3
Install the optional
250-sheet drawer
22 Install the optional 250-sheet drawer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
To increase paper capacity, you can purchase the optional 250-sheet drawer, which consists
of a base and a tray.
NOTE: If you install the optional 250-sheet drawer at a later time, be sure to turn off the
printer before installing it.
If you ordered this optional drawer, follow the instructions below to install it.
1 Remove the tray from the base.
2 Remove all packing material and tape from the tray and the base.
3 Place the base in the location you have chosen for your printer.
Base
Tray
Install the optional 250-sheet drawer 23
4 Align the printer with the front of the base and place it on top of the base.
Make sure the base is firmly in place.
24 Install the optional 250-sheet drawer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
5 Insert the tray.
When you complete setting up the printer, print a menu settings page to verify the
250-sheet drawer is listed under Installed Features (see page 66).
For more information on loading the 250-sheet drawer, see “Loading the optional 250-sheet
tray” on page 40.
For more information on configuring the 250-sheet drawer for printing, see “Configure
paper trays” on page 61.
4
SECTION 4
Install optional
memory cards
Removing the printer side cover
Removing the system board shield
Installing a memory card
Reinstalling the system board shield
Reattaching the printer side cover
26 Install optional memory cards
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
You can customize your printer memory capacity and connectivity by adding optional cards.
CAUTION: If you are installing memory cards sometime after setting up the
printer, turn the printer off and unplug the power cord before continuing.
Removing the printer side cover
Before installing any memory options, you must remove the printer side cover.
1 Open the printer front cover.
Install optional memory cards 27
2 Firmly push in the two oval tabs as you pull open the side cover.
3 Gently pull off the cover and set it aside.
28 Install optional memory cards
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Removing the system board shield
Use a No. 2 Phillips screwdriver to remove the system board shield.
1 Remove screw #1 and set it aside.
2 Loosen screws #2, #3, and #4, but do not remove them.
2
1
3
4
Install optional memory cards 29
3 Lift the system board shield up over the screws, slide it toward the front of the printer,
and set it aside.
Installing a memory card
Follow the instructions in this section to install either a printer memory card or a flash
memory card.
The system board has two connectors for optional memory cards. You can install a card in
either connector.
NOTICE: Memory cards are easily damaged by static electricity. Touch something metal on the
printer before you touch a memory card.
1 Complete the steps in “Removing the system board shield” on page 28.
30 Install optional memory cards
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
2 Unpack the printer memory card.
Avoid touching the connection points along the edge of the card. Save the packaging.
3 Align the notches on the bottom of the card with the notches on the connector.
4 Guide the card between the latches on each end of the connector and push the card
firmly into the connector.
5 Make sure each latch fits over the notch on each end of the memory card.
6 Reattach the metal shield and side cover. See page 31 for instructions.
Notches Connection points
Latch
Latch
Install optional memory cards 31
Reinstalling the system board shield
1 Align the shield over the bottom screws, slide it toward the back of the printer, and
lower it down onto the screws.
32 Install optional memory cards
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
2 Tighten screws #2, #3, and #4, and reattach screw #1 to keep the shield in place.
Reattaching the printer side cover
1 Align the top and bottom tabs with the corresponding slots.
2 As you close the printer side cover, push the oval tabs firmly into the slots.
3 Close the printer front cover.
1
2
3
4
Tab
Tab
5
SECTION 5
Load paper
Loading tray 1
Loading the optional 250-sheet tray
Loading the manual feed
34 Load paper
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Your printer has two standard paper sources: tray 1, which holds up to 150 sheets of plain
paper, and a single-sheet manual feed. Use tray 1 for most print jobs. Use the manual feed
to feed a single page, transparency, envelope, label, or card stock.
You can increase your printer’s paper capacity with the optional 250-sheet tray.
An output bin on top of the printer holds up to 100 sheets. The single-sheet front output
door provides a straight-through paper path for specialty media, reducing curling and
potential paper jams.
Tray 1
Manual feed
Front output door Optional 250-sheet tray
Top output
bin
Paper support
Paper support
Load paper 35
The following table lists page numbers where you can find loading instructions for each tray.
Source Capacity
(sheets)
Paper sizes supported Paper types supported Go to
page…
Tray 1 150
A4, A5, B5, letter, legal,
executive, folio
Plain paper, transparencies,
labels, card stock
36
Optional
250-sheet
tray
250 Plain paper 40
Manual feed 1 Plain paper, transparencies,
envelopes, labels, card stock
45
36 Load paper
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Loading tray 1
Use tray 1, which is behind the manual feed, to feed paper and specialty media.
Tray 1 holds up to 150 sheets of paper, 10 sheets of transparencies or labels, 10 envelopes, 10
sheets of card stock.
1 Extend the rear paper support until you hear it click twice.
2 Flex the sheets back and forth to loosen them, fan the sheets on all four sides, and flex
them again.
Load paper 37
3 If loading:
• letterhead paper, insert letterhead with the top of the page pointing down, facing you
38 Load paper
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
• envelopes, insert them vertically, flap side down with the stamp area in the top left
corner
To reduce paper jams, do not use envelopes that:
– Have excessive curl
– Are stuck together
– Are damaged in any way
– Contain windows, holes, perforations, cutouts, or embossing
– Use metal clasps, string ties, or metal folding bars
– Have postage stamps attached
– Have any exposed adhesive when the flap is in the sealed position
Load paper 39
4 Slide the paper guides against the edges of the paper or envelopes.
NOTE: Do not forget to select the paper type and paper size from your software application.
5 Extend the front paper support on the top output bin until you hear it click once.
6 If you are printing on legal size paper, extend the front paper support until you hear it
click twice.
40 Load paper
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
7 Open the front output door for a straight-through paper path if you are printing on
specialty media.
Loading the optional 250-sheet tray
1 Grasp the tabs on either side of the tray and pull it completely out of the printer.
Load paper 41
2 Make sure the metal plate is pressed down before inserting the tray into the printer.
After the tray is inserted, the metal plate springs back up so the paper can feed into the
printer.
3 If loading A4 or legal size paper, extend the paper support on the front of the tray.
42 Load paper
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
4 Flex the sheets back and forth to loosen them, fan the sheets on all four sides, and flex
them again.
5 If loading letterhead paper, insert letterhead face down with the top of the page
entering the printer first.
Load paper 43
6 Make sure the paper is under both corner bucklers and lying flat in the tray.
NOTE: When you load the tray, do not exceed the maximum stack height indicated by the label
in the tray. Overfilling the tray may cause paper jams.
Corner bucklers
44 Load paper
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
7 Slide the paper guides flush against the edges of the paper.
8 Reinstall the tray, making sure it is pushed all the way in.
NOTE: Do not forget to select the paper type and paper size from your software application.
Load paper 45
Loading the manual feed
Use the manual feed to feed media, one sheet at a time, into your printer.
If you experience problems feeding envelopes or card stock in tray 1, try printing them one
at a time from the manual feed.
1 Extend the rear paper support until you hear it click twice.
2 Extend the front paper support on the top output bin until you hear it click once.
3 If loading legal size paper, extend the paper support until you hear it click twice.
4 Open the front output door if you are printing on specialty media.
5 If loading:
• letterhead paper, insert one sheet of letterhead with the top of the page pointing
down, facing you
• card stock, insert one card or sheet vertically
• envelopes, insert one envelope vertically, flap side down with the stamp area in the
top left corner
Manual feed
46 Load paper
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
To reduce paper jams, do not use envelopes that:
– Have excessive curl
– Are stuck together
– Are damaged in any way
– Contain windows, holes, perforations, cutouts, or embossing
– Use metal clasps, string ties, or metal folding bars
– Have postage stamps attached
– Have any exposed adhesive when the flap is in the sealed position
6 Slide the paper guides flush against the edges of the paper or envelope.
NOTE: Do not forget to select the paper type and paper size from your software application.
6
SECTION 6
Connect your printer
Attaching a cable
Turning on the printer
Software overview
Installing printer drivers
Sharing your printer
48 Connect your printer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Attaching a cable
NOTE: Before you connect your printer to your computer, you must first complete the
Microsoft® Windows® operating system setup. Refer to the documentation that came with your
computer for instructions.
You can attach your printer using either a USB or parallel cable, but do not use both.
• A USB port requires a USB cable. Be sure to match the USB symbol on the cable to the
USB symbol on the printer.
• A parallel port requires an IEEE-1284 compliant parallel cable.
CAUTION: Ensure that the printer, computer, and any attached devices are
turned off and disconnected from electrical outlets before you connect your
printer to your computer.
To attach the printer to a computer:
1 Connect the printer to the computer using a USB or parallel cable.
If you are using a USB cable, plug the printer into a USB port on the back of the
computer, not the USB keyboard.
Connect your printer 49
If you are using a parallel cable, snap down the clips on the printer to secure the
parallel cable.
Turning on the printer
1 Plug one end of the printer cord into the power cord connector at the back of the
printer and the other end into a properly grounded wall outlet.
50 Connect your printer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
2 Turn on the printer.
All operator panel lights cycle (each light blinks, from top to bottom, and then cycles
again).
If the operator panel lights do not come on when the printer is turned on, make sure
the power cord is firmly plugged in at the back of the printer and at the electrical
outlet.
If the printer is on but nothing prints, or if print jobs are not printing and the Error
light is on solid, make sure the toner cartridge is installed.
Software overview
Use the Drivers and Utilities CD that came with your printer to install a combination of
software applications, depending on your operating system.
NOTE: If you purchased your printer and computer separately, you must use the Drivers and
Utilities CD to install these software applications.
Operating
System
Status
Monitor
Printing
Status
Window
Dell
Toner
Re-order
Window
Local
Printer
Setup
Utility
Dell
Printer
Software
Uninstall
Driver
Profiler
Windows 98,
Windows Me
Y N N Y Y Y
Windows NT® 4.0 N N N Y Y Y
Windows 2000,
Windows XP
N Y Y Y Y Y
Connect your printer 51
Status Monitor
The Status Monitor alerts you when an error or warning occurs, for example, when the top
cover is open or toner is running low.
The Status Monitor launches when you send a print job to the printer and only appears on
the computer screen when an error or warning occurs.
Printing Status window
The Printing Status window displays the status of the printer (Printer Ready, Printer
Offline, and Error-Check Printer) and the name of the job when you send a job to print.
The Printing Status window also displays the level of toner so you can:
• Monitor the toner level for your printer.
• Click Order Toner to order replacement toner cartridges.
See “Toner Re-order window” on page 51 for more information.
Toner Re-order window
The Order Toner Cartridges dialog box can be launched from the Printing Status window,
the Programs window, or the desktop icon.
You can order toner by phone or from the Web.
1 Click Start→Programs or All Programs→Dell Printers→ Dell Laser Printer
P1500→Dell Toner Re-Order Application.
The Order Toner Cartridges window appears.
2 If ordering from the Web:
a Choose your printer model from the drop-down list on the screen.
b Enter your Dell printer Service Tag number in the field provided.
Your Service Tag number is located on your printer.
c Click Visit Dell’s cartridge ordering web site.
3 If ordering by phone, call the number that appears under the By Telephone heading.
52 Connect your printer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Dell Local Printer Setup Utility
Use the Dell Local Printer Setup Utility to change and save printer settings not available
from the printer driver. When you change these settings, they remain in effect until you
make another selection and apply it, or until you restore the original printer settings (called
factory default settings). The settings are organized by menu, much like a printer operator
panel.
The Dell Local Printer Setup Utility is installed automatically on your computer when you
install the Dell printer driver. Click Start→Programs→Dell Printers→ Dell Laser Printer
P1500→Dell Local Printer Setup Utility.
Dell Printer Software Uninstall
Use the Uninstall software utility to remove any currently installed printer software or
printer objects.
For Windows 98, Windows 2000, Windows Me, or Windows NT 4.x you can access the
Uninstall software utility two ways:
1 Click Start→ Settings→ Printers.
a Select the printer object to uninstall, and then right-click the mouse.
b Select Dell Software Uninstall.
c Select the components to uninstall, and then click Next.
d Click Uninstall Now.
e Click OK when the uninstall is complete.
2 Click Start→ Programs→ Dell Printers→ Dell Laser Printer P1500.
a Select Dell Printer Software Uninstall.
b Select the components to uninstall, and then click Next.
c Click Uninstall Now.
d Click OK when the uninstall is complete.
Connect your printer 53
For Windows XP:
1 Click Start→ Αll Programs→ Dell Printers→ Dell Laser Printer P1500.
2 Select Dell Printer Software Uninstall.
3 Select the components to uninstall, and then click Next.
4 Click Uninstall Now.
5 Click OK when the uninstall is complete.
Driver Profiler
Use the Driver Profiler to create driver profiles that contain custom driver settings. A driver
profile can contain a group of saved printer driver settings and other data for things such as:
• Print orientation and N-Up (document settings)
• Installation status of an output tray (printer options)
• User-defined paper sizes (custom papers)
• Simple text and watermarks
• Overlay references
• Font references
• Form associations
Installing printer drivers
A printer driver is software that lets your computer communicate with your printer.
If you purchased your Dell printer and computer together
The printer drivers and utilities described in the Software Overview are automatically
installed—you are ready to print!
54 Connect your printer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
If you purchased your Dell printer separately
To obtain all the features described in the Software Overview, use the Drivers and
Utilities CD to install it. Use the following table to find the instructions you need for your
operating system.
You need to complete Microsoft’s Plug and Play before installing the driver from your
printer drivers CD.
Using Windows XP with a USB or parallel cable
NOTE: Business versions of Windows XP require that you have administrative access to install
printer drivers on your computer.
When you attached the cable and turned on the printer, the Found New Hardware Wizard
appeared on your computer screen.
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD into your computer.
The Wizard automatically searches for an appropriate driver.
2 Scroll through the list of drivers until you see D:\drivers\win_2000\dkaae1da.inf
selected in the Location column. Instead of D:\ you will see the letter of your
CD-ROM drive.
3 Click Next.
The wizard copies all of the necessary files and installs the printer drivers.
4 Click Finish when the software is installed.
5 Launch the Drivers and Utilities CD: click Start →Run and browse your CD drive (for
example, type D:\ where D is the drive letter of your CD).
6 Select SETUP.EXE, and then click OK.
Computer operating system Go to page …
Windows XP 54
Windows 2000 55
Windows Me 56
Windows NT 4.x 57
Windows 98 57
Connect your printer 55
7 When the Dell Drivers and Utilities screen appears, click Install to install the
additional software for your printer.
When all of the files are installed on your computer, the Congratulations screen
appears.
8 Click Print a Test Page to verify printer setup.
9 Click Finish when the test page prints successfully.
10 Close the Drivers and Utilities CD screen.
Using Windows 2000 with a USB or parallel cable
When you attached the cable and turned on the printer and computer, the Found New
Hardware Wizard screen appeared on your computer screen.
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD, and then click Next.
2 Select Search for a suitable driver, and then click Next.
3 Only select Specify a location, and then click Next.
4 Browse to the location of the printer driver on the Drivers and Utilities CD.
D:\Drivers\Win_2000\
Replace D:\ with the letter of your CD-ROM drive (for example, type D:\ where D is
the drive letter of your CD).
5 Click Open, and then click OK.
6 Click Next to install the driver that is displayed.
7 Click Finish when the software is installed.
8 When the Dell Drivers and Utilities CD screen appears, choose Install to install the
additional software for your printer.
When all the files are installed on your computer, the Congratulations screen appears.
9 Click Print a Test Page to verify printer setup.
10 Click Finish when the test page prints successfully.
11 Close the Drivers and Utilities CD screen.
56 Connect your printer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Using Windows Me with a USB or parallel cable
NOTE: Depending on the software and printers already installed on your computer, your screens
may vary from those in the instructions.
If you attached a USB cable, you must install both a USB port driver and a custom print
driver.
When you attached the cable and turned on the printer and computer, the Add New
Hardware Wizard screen appeared on your computer screen.
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD.
The Wizard automatically searches for the USB driver on the CD and installs it.
NOTE: If you are using a parallel cable, skip to step 3.
2 After the USB port driver is found, click Finish.
3 Select Automatic search for the best driver (recommended), and then click Next.
The wizard searches for a printer driver.
4 Select your printer and driver from the list on the screen, and then click OK. Use the
following table to identify the driver for your language.
5 Use the default printer name (for example, Dell Laser Printer P1500) or type a unique
name for your printer, and then click Next.
6 A test page will print automatically. Click YES when the test page prints successfully.
If your computer
uses this language
Select the driver from the list
(Replace the D:\ in the table with the letter of
your CD-ROM drive)
English D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\ENGLISH\LMPCL5C.INF
French D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\FRENCH\LMPCL5C.INF
German D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\GERMAN\LMPCL5C.INF
Italian D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\ITALIAN\LMPCL5C.INF
Spanish D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\SPANISH\LMPCL5C.INF
Connect your printer 57
7 Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard. You are now ready to
print.
8 Launch the Drivers and Utilities CD: click Start →Run and browse your CD drive (for
example, type D:\ where D is the drive letter of your CD).
9 Select SETUP.EXE, and then click OK.
10 When the Dell Drivers and Utilities CD screen appears, click Install to install the
additional software for your printer.
If you are prompted to restart your computer, click Yes.
Otherwise, the Congratulations screen appears.
11 Close the Drivers and Utilities CD screen.
Using Windows NT with a parallel cable
NOTE: USB support is not available for Windows NT operating systems.
NOTE: You need administrative access to install printer drivers on your computer.
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD.
2 Click Install.
When all the files are installed on your computer, the Congratulations screen appears.
3 Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard. You are now ready to
print.
4 Close the Drivers and Utilities CD screen.
Using Windows 98 with a USB or parallel cable
NOTE: Depending on the software and printers already installed on your computer, your screens
may vary from those in the instructions.
If you attached a USB cable, you must install both a USB port driver and a custom print
driver.
When you attached the cable and turned on the printer and computer, the Add New
Hardware Wizard screen appeared on your computer screen.
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD, and then click Next.
NOTE: If you are using a parallel cable, skip to step 7.
58 Connect your printer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
2 Select Search for the best driver for your device (recommended), and then click Next.
3 Select CD-ROM drive only, and then click Next.
4 After the wizard finds the USB port driver, click Next.
5 When the USB port driver is installed, click Finish.
The wizard prompts you to search for new drivers.
6 Click Next to search for a printer driver.
7 Select Search for the best driver for your device (recommended), and then click Next.
8 Only select Specify a location and browse to the location of the printer driver on the
Drivers and Utilities CD, and then click OK.
Use the following table to identify the driver for your language.
9 Highlight the driver, and then select to install the updated driver (recommended).
10 Click Next.
11 Click Next to complete installation.
12 Use the default printer name (for example, Dell Laser Printer P1500) or type a unique
name for your printer, and then click Next.
13 Click Finish.
14 A test page will print automatically. Click YES when the test page prints successfully.
15 Click Finish to complete the installation. You are now ready to print.
16 Launch the Drivers and Utilities CD: click Start →Run and browse your CD drive (for
example, type D:\ where D is the drive letter of your CD).
If your computer
uses this language
Select the driver from the list
(Replace the D:\ in the table with the letter of
your CD-ROM drive)
English D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\ENGLISH\LMPCL5C.INF
French D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\FRENCH\LMPCL5C.INF
German D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\GERMAN\LMPCL5C.INF
Italian D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\ITALIAN\LMPCL5C.INF
Spanish D:\DRIVERS\WIN_9X\SPANISH\LMPCL5C.INF
Connect your printer 59
17 Select SETUP.EXE, and then click OK to launch the Dell Drivers and Utilities CD.
18 When the Dell Drivers and Utilities screen appears, click Install to install the
additional software for your printer.
If you are prompted to restart your computer, click Yes.
Otherwise, the Congratulations screen appears.
19 Close the Drivers and Utilities CD screen.
Sharing your printer
To share your new printer with other users, you need to set it up to be shared, and then copy
the printer drivers to their computers:
1 Click Start →Settings →Printers.
2 Select the Dell Laser Printer P1500 icon.
3 Click File →Sharing.
4 Check the Shared as check box, and then type a name in the Shared Name text box.
5 Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all other users printing to
this printer.
6 Click OK.
If you are missing files, you are prompted to insert the computer operating system CD.
To check that the printer was successfully shared:
• Make sure the printer object in the Printers folder shows it is shared. For example, in
Windows 2000, a hand is shown underneath the printer icon.
• Browse Network Neighborhood. Find the host name of the server and look for the
shared name you assigned to the printer.
Other users who want to connect to your printer need to install the printer drivers on their
computer:
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD that came with the shared printer, and then click
Install.
2 Click I am installing software for a printer that is shared through another computer.
3 Type the name of the computer and printer share name. For example,
\\server1\dellprinter
60 Connect your printer
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
To find out the computer name, browse Network Neighborhood. Find the name of the
computer and look for the shared name you assigned to the printer.
When all the files are installed on your computer, the Congratulations screen appears.
4 Click Print a Test Page to verify printer setup.
5 Click Finish when the test page prints successfully.
7
SECTION 7
Configure paper trays
Type and size settings
62 Configure paper trays
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Type and size settings
Set the driver and Dell Local Printer Setup Utility to the type and size of paper loaded in
the paper trays.
1 Launch the Dell Local Printer Setup Utility (Start → Programs → Dell Printers → Dell
Laser Printer P1500 → Dell Local Printer Setup Utility).
2 Select your Dell Laser Printer P1500.
3 Click OK.
4 In the left column, click Paper.
5 In the right column, go to the Tray 1 section. Specify what size and type of media you
loaded into tray 1.
6 In the right column, go to the Tray 2 section. Specify what size and type of media you
loaded into tray 2.
7 On the Menu Bar, Click Actions → Apply Settings.
8 Close the utility.
NOTE: If you change the size or type of media loaded into either tray, use the Local Printer
Setup Utility to reconfigure the tray.
9 Update your driver by following the instructions in the table.
Windows XP 1 Click Start → Settings→ Printers and Faxes.
2 Right-click the Dell Laser Printer P1500 icon.
3 Click Properties → Device (or Options)→ Update (or Update Now).
4 Click OK → OK. Close the Printers folder.
Windows 2000
Windows NT 4.0
1 Click Start → Settings→ Printers.
2 Right-click the Dell Laser Printer P1500 icon.
3 Click Properties → Device (or Options)→ Update (or Update Now).
4 Click OK → OK. Close the Printers folder.
Windows Me
Windows 98
1 Click Start → Settings→ Printers.
2 Right-click the Dell Laser Printer P1500 icon.
3 Click Properties → Device (or Features)→ Update (or Update Now).
4 Click OK → OK. Close the Printers folder.
Configure paper trays 63
If Update is unavailable, follow these steps:
a In the Available Options list, click 250-sheet tray or 500-sheet tray.
b Click Add.
c Click OK, and then close the Printers folder.
If Update Now is unavailable, follow these steps:
a In the Options list, find 250-sheet tray or 500-sheet tray.
b Change the setting from Not Installed to Installed.
c Click OK, and then close the Printers folder.
64 Configure paper trays
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
8
SECTION 8
Verify printer setup
Printing a menu settings page
66 Veri fy printer setup
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Printing a menu settings page
Print a menu settings page for a list of current printer settings.
1 When the Ready/Data light is on solid, press and release Continue to print the page.
2 On the menu settings page:
• Verify that the options you installed are correctly listed under “Installed Features.”
If an option you installed is not listed on the menu settings page, turn the printer
off, unplug the power cord, and reinstall the option.
• Verify that the amount of memory installed is correctly listed under “Printer
Information.” Verify that the paper trays are configured for the sizes and types of
paper you loaded.
NOTE: When you add or remove the optional 250-sheet tray, remember to update the printer’s
configuration through your printer driver.
For tips on successful printing, examples of common operator panel light sequences, ways
to improve print quality, solutions for printing problems, and instructions for replacing
supplies, refer to the Dell Personal Laser Printer P1500 User’s Guide on the Drivers and
Utilities CD (Start → Programs →Dell Printers → Dell Laser Printer P1500 →User’s
Guide).
Verify printer setup 67
3 Update your driver by following the instructions in the table. If the printer is on the
network, update the driver for each client.
If Update is unavailable, follow these steps:
a In the Available Options list, click 250-sheet tray.
b Click Add.
c Click OK, and then close the Printers folder.
If Update Now is unavailable, follow these steps:
a In the Options list, find 250-sheet tray.
b Change the setting from Not Installed to Installed.
c Click OK, and then close the Printers folder.
Windows XP 1 Click Start → Settings → Printers and Faxes.
2 Right-click the Dell Laser Printer P1500 icon.
3 Click Properties → Device (or Options)→ Update (or Update Now).
4 Click OK → OK. Close the Printers folder.
Windows 2000
Windows NT 4.0
1 Click Start → Settings → Printers.
2 Right-click the Dell Laser Printer P1500 icon.
3 Click Properties → Device (or Options)→ Update (or Update Now).
4 Click OK → OK. Close the Printers folder.
Windows Me
Windows 98
1 Click Start → Settings → Printers.
2 Right-click the Dell Laser Printer P1500 icon.
3 Click Properties → Device (or Features)→ Update (or Update Now).
4 Click OK → OK. Close the Printers folder.
68 Veri fy printer setup
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
9
SECTION 9
Appendix
Contacting Dell
Limited Warranties and Return Policy
Dell Computer Corporation Ink and Toner Cartridges
Limited Warranties
Dell Software License Agreement
70 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Contacting Dell
To contact Dell electronically, you can access the following websites:
• www.dell.com
• support.dell.com (technical support)
• premiersupport.dell.com (technical support for educational, government, healthcare,
and medium/large business customers, including Premier, Platinum, and Gold
customers)
For specific web addresses for your country, find the appropriate country section in the table
below.
NOTE: Toll-free numbers are for use within the country for which they are listed.
When you need to contact Dell, use the electronic addresses, telephone numbers, and
codes provided in the following table. If you need assistance in determining which codes to
use, contact a local or an international operator.
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
Belgium (Brussels)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 32
City Code: 2
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: tech_be@dell.com
E-mail for French Speaking Customers:
support.euro.dell.com/be/fr/emaildell/
Technical Support 02 481 92 88
Customer Care 02 481 91 19
Corporate Sales 02 481 91 00
Fax 02 481 92 99
Switchboard 02 481 91 00
Appendix 71
Canada (North York, Ontario)
International Access Code: 011
Online Order Status: www.dell.ca/ostatus
AutoTech (automated technical support) toll-free: 1-800-247-9362
TechFax toll-free: 1-800-950-1329
Customer Care (Home Sales/Small Business) toll-free: 1-800-847-4096
Customer Care (med./large business, government) toll-free: 1-800-326-9463
Technical Support (Home Sales/Small Business) toll-free: 1-800-847-4096
Technical Support (med./large bus., government) toll-free: 1-800-387-5757
Sales (Home Sales/Small Business) toll-free: 1-800-387-5752
Sales (med./large bus., government) toll-free: 1-800-387-5755
Spare Parts Sales & Extended Service Sales 1 866 440 3355
Denmark (Copenhagen)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 45
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail Support (portable computers):
den_nbk_support@dell.com
E-mail Support (desktop computers):
den_support@dell.com
E-mail Support (servers):
Nordic_server_support@dell.com
Technical Support 7023 0182
Customer Care (Relational) 7023 0184
Home/Small Business Customer Care 3287 5505
Switchboard (Relational) 3287 1200
Fax Switchboard (Relational) 3287 1201
Switchboard (Home/Small Business) 3287 5000
Fax Switchboard (Home/Small Business) 3287 5001
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
72 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Finland (Helsinki)
International Access Code: 990
Country Code: 358
City Code: 9
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: fin_support@dell.com
E-mail Support (servers):
Nordic_support@dell.com
Technical Support 09 253 313 60
Technical Support Fax 09 253 313 81
Relational Customer Care 09 253 313 38
Home/Small Business Customer Care 09 693 791 94
Fax 09 253 313 99
Switchboard 09 253 313 00
France (Paris) (Montpellier)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 33
City Codes: (1) (4)
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: support.euro.dell.com/fr/fr/emaildell/
Home and Small Business
Technical Support 0825 387 270
Customer Care 0825 823 833
Switchboard 0825 004 700
Switchboard (calls from outside of France) 04 99 75 40 00
Sales 0825 004 700
Fax 0825 004 701
Fax (calls from outside of France) 04 99 75 40 01
Corporate
Technical Support 0825 004 719
Customer Care 0825 338 339
Switchboard 01 55 94 71 00
Sales 01 55 94 71 00
Fax 01 55 94 71 01
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
Appendix 73
Germany (Langen)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 49
City Code: 6103
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: tech_support_central_europe@dell.com
Technical Support 06103 766-7200
Home/Small Business Customer Care 0180-5-224400
Global Segment Customer Care 06103 766-9570
Preferred Accounts Customer Care 06103 766-9420
Large Accounts Customer Care 06103 766-9560
Public Accounts Customer Care 06103 766-9555
Switchboard 06103 766-7000
Greece
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 30
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: support.euro.dell.com/gr/en/emaildell/
Technical Support 080044149518
Gold Technical Support 08844140083
Switchboard 2108129800
Sales 2108129800
Fax 2108129812
India Technical Support 1600 33 8045
Sales 1600 33 8044
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
74 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Ireland (Cherrywood)
International Access Code: 16
Country Code: 353
City Code: 1
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: dell_direct_support@dell.com
Ireland Technical Support 1850 543 543
U.K. Technical Support (dial within U.K. only) 0870 908 0800
Home User Customer Care 01 204 4014
Small Business Customer Care 01 204 4014
U.K. Customer Care (dial within U.K. only) 0870 906 0010
Corporate Customer Care 1850 200 982
Corporate Customer Care (dial within U.K. only) 0870 907 4499
Ireland Sales 01 204 4444
U.K. Sales (dial within U.K. only) 0870 907 4000
Fax/SalesFax 01 204 0103
Switchboard 01 204 4444
Italy (Milan)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 39
City Code: 02
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: support.euro.dell.com/it/it/emaildell/
Home and Small Business
Technical Support 02 577 826 90
Customer Care 02 696 821 14
Fax 02 696 821 13
Switchboard 02 696 821 12
Corporate
Technical Support 02 577 826 90
Customer Care 02 577 825 55
Fax 02 575 035 30
Switchboard 02 577 821
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
Appendix 75
Latin America Customer Technical Support (Austin, Texas,
U.S.A.)
512 728-4093
Customer Service (Austin, Texas, U.S.A.) 512 728-3619
Fax (Technical Support and Customer Service)
(Austin, Texas, U.S.A.)
512 728-3883
Sales (Austin, Texas, U.S.A.) 512 728-4397
SalesFax (Austin, Texas, U.S.A.) 512 728-4600
or 512 728-3772
Luxembourg
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 352
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: tech_be@dell.com
Technical Support (Brussels, Belgium) 3420808075
Home/Small Business Sales (Brussels, Belgium) toll-free: 080016884
Corporate Sales (Brussels, Belgium) 02 481 91 00
Customer Care (Brussels, Belgium) 02 481 91 19
Fax (Brussels, Belgium) 02 481 92 99
Switchboard (Brussels, Belgium) 02 481 91 00
Mexico
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 52
Customer Technical Support 001-877-384-8979
or 001-877-269-3383
Sales 50-81-8800
or 01-800-888-3355
Customer Service 001-877-384-8979
or 001-877-269-3383
Main 50-81-8800
or 01-800-888-3355
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
76 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Netherlands (Amsterdam)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 31
City Code: 20
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail (Technical Support):
(Enterprise): nl_server_support@dell.com
(Latitude): nl_latitude_support@dell.com
(Inspiron): nl_inspiron_support@dell.com
(Dimension): nl_dimension_support@dell.com
(OptiPlex): nl_optiplex_support@dell.com
(Dell Precision): nl_workstation_support@dell.com
Technical Support 020 674 45 00
Technical Support Fax 020 674 47 66
Home/Small Business Customer Care 020 674 42 00
Relational Customer Care 020 674 4325
Home/Small Business Sales 020 674 55 00
Relational Sales 020 674 50 00
Home/Small Business Sales Fax 020 674 47 75
Relational Sales Fax 020 674 47 50
Switchboard 020 674 50 00
Switchboard Fax 020 674 47 50
Norway (Lysaker)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 47
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail Support (portable computers):
nor_nbk_support@dell.com
E-mail Support (desktop computers):
nor_support@dell.com
E-mail Support (servers):
nordic_server_support@dell.com
Technical Support 671 16882
Relational Customer Care 671 17514
Home/Small Business Customer Care 23162298
Switchboard 671 16800
Fax Switchboard 671 16865
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
Appendix 77
Poland (Warsaw)
International Access Code: 011
Country Code: 48
City Code: 22
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: pl_support@dell.com
Customer Service Phone 57 95 700
Customer Care 57 95 999
Sales 57 95 999
Customer Service Fax 57 95 806
Reception Desk Fax 57 95 998
Switchboard 57 95 999
Portugal
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 351
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: support.euro.dell.com/pt/en/emaildell/
Technical Support 707200149
Customer Care 800 300 413
Sales 800 300 410 or 800 300 411 or
800 300 412 or 21 422 07 10
Fax 21 424 01 12
Puerto Rico General Support 1-800-805-7545
Singapore (Singapore)
International Access Code: 005
Country Code: 65
Technical Support toll-free: 800 6011 051
Customer Service (Penang, Malaysia) 604 633 4949
Transaction Sales toll-free: 800 6011 054
Corporate Sales toll-free: 800 6011 053
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
78 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Spain (Madrid)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 34
City Code: 91
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: support.euro.dell.com/es/es/emaildell/
Home and Small Business
Technical Support 902 100 130
Customer Care 902 118 540
Sales 902 118 541
Switchboard 902 118 541
Fax 902 118 539
Corporate
Technical Support 902 100 130
Customer Care 902 118 546
Switchboard 91 722 92 00
Fax 91 722 95 83
Sweden (Upplands Vasby)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 46
City Code: 8
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: swe_support@dell.com
E-mail Support for Latitude and Inspiron:
Swe-nbk_kats@dell.com
E-mail Support for OptiPlex: Swe_kats@dell.com
E-mail Support for Servers:
Nordic_server_support@dell.com
Technical Support 08 590 05 199
Relational Customer Care 08 590 05 642
Home/Small Business Customer Care 08 587 70 527
Employee Purchase Program (EPP) Support 20 140 14 44
Fax Technical Support 08 590 05 594
Sales 08 590 05 185
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
Appendix 79
Switzerland (Geneva)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 41
City Code: 22
Website: support.euro.dell.com
E-mail: swisstech@dell.com
E-mail for French-speaking HSB and Corporate
Customers: support.euro.dell.com/ch/fr/emaildell/
Technical Support (Home and Small Business) 0844 811 411
Technical Support (Corporate) 0844 822 844
Customer Care (Home and Small Business) 0848 802 202
Customer Care (Corporate) 0848 821 721
Fax 022 799 01 90
Switchboard 022 799 01 01
U.K. (Bracknell)
International Access Code: 00
Country Code: 44
City Code: 1344
Website: support.euro.dell.com
Customer Care website: support.euro.dell.com/uk/en/ECare/Form/Home.asp
E-mail: dell_direct_support@dell.com
Technical Support (Corporate/Preferred
Accounts/PAD [1000+ employees])
0870 908 0500
Technical Support (direct/PAD and general) 0870 908 0800
Global Accounts Customer Care 01344 373 186
Home and Small Business Customer Care 0870 906 0010
Corporate Customer Care 01344 373 185
Preferred Accounts (500–5000 employees)
Customer Care
0870 906 0010
Central Government Customer Care 01344 373 193
Local Government & Education Customer Care 01344 373 199
Health Customer Care 01344 373 194
Home and Small Business Sales 0870 907 4000
Corporate/Public Sector Sales 01344 860 456
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
80 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
U.S.A. (Austin, Texas)
International Access Code: 011
Country Code: 1
Automated Order-Status Service toll-free: 1-800-433-9014
AutoTech (portable and desktop computers) toll-free: 1-800-247-9362
Consumer (Home and Home Office)
Technical Support toll-free: 1-800-624-9896
Customer Service toll-free: 1-800-624-9897
DellNet™ Service and Support toll-free: 1-877-Dellnet
(1-877-335-5638)
Employee Purchase Program (EPP) Customers toll-free: 1-800-695-8133
Financial Services website: www.dellfinancialservices.com
Financial Services (lease/loans) toll-free: 1-877-577-3355
Financial Services (Dell Preferred Accounts [DPA]) toll-free: 1-800-283-2210
Business
Customer Service and Technical Support toll-free: 1-800-822-8965
Employee Purchase Program (EPP) Customers toll-free: 1-800-695-8133
Projectors Technical Support toll-free: 1-877-459-7298
Public (government, education, and healthcare)
Customer Service and Technical Support toll-free: 1-800-456-3355
Employee Purchase Program (EPP) Customers toll-free: 1-800-234-1490
Dell Sales toll-free: 1-800-289-3355
or toll-free: 1-800-879-3355
Dell Outlet Store (Dell refurbished computers) toll-free: 1-888-798-7561
Software and Peripherals Sales toll-free: 1-800-671-3355
Spare Parts Sales toll-free: 1-800-357-3355
Extended Service and Warranty Sales toll-free: 1-800-247-4618
Fax toll-free: 1-800-727-8320
Dell Services for the Deaf, Hard-of-Hearing, or
Speech-Impaired
toll-free: 1-877-DELLTTY
(1-877-335-5889)
Country (City)
International Access Code
Country Code
City Code
Department Name or Service Area,
Website and E-Mail Address
Area Codes,
Local Numbers, and
Toll-Free Numbers
Appendix 81
Limited Warranties and Return Policy
Dell-branded hardware products purchased in the U.S. or Canada come with either a 90-day, one-year, two-year,
three-year, or four-year limited warranty. To determine which warranty came with your hardware product(s), see
your packing slip or invoice. The following sections describe the limited warranties and return policy for the U.S.,
the limited warranties and return policy for Canada, and the manufacturer guarantee for Latin America and the
Caribbean.
Limited Warranty for Dell-Branded Hardware Products (U.S. Only)
What is covered by this limited warranty?
This limited warranty covers defects in materials and workmanship in your—our end-user customer’s—
Dell-branded hardware products, including Dell-branded peripheral products.
What is not covered by this limited warranty?
This limited warranty does not cover:
• Software, including the operating system and software added to the Dell-branded hardware products
through our factory-integration system, third-party software, or the reloading of software
• Non-Dell-branded and Solution Provider Direct products and accessories
• Problems that result from:
– External causes such as accident, abuse, misuse, or problems with electrical power
– Servicing not authorized by Dell
– Usage that is not in accordance with product instructions
– Failure to follow the product instructions or failure to perform preventive maintenance
– Problems caused by using accessories, parts, or components not supplied by Dell
• Products with missing or altered service tags or serial numbers
• Products for which we have not received payment
THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER
RIGHTS WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO STATE (OR JURISDICTION TO JURISDICTION). DELL’S
RESPONSIBILITY FOR MALFUNCITONS AND DEFECTS IN HARDWARE IS LIMITED TO REPAIR
AND REPLACEMENT AS SET FORTH IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT. ALL EXPRESS AND
IMPLIED WARRANTIES FOR THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED
WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, ARE LIMITED IN TIME TO THE TERM OF THE LIMITED WARRANTY PERIOD
REFLECTED ON YOUR PACKING SLIP OR INVOICE. NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, WILL APPLY AFTER THE LIMITED WARRANTY PERIOD HAS EXPIRED. SOME STATES
DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS, SO THIS
LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
82 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
WE DO NOT ACCEPT LIABILITY BEYOND THE REMEDIES PROVIDED FOR IN THIS LIMITED
WARRANTY OR FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, ANY LIABILTY FOR THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES, FOR
PRODUCTS NOT BEING AVAILABLE FOR USE, OR FOR LOST DATA OR LOST SOFTWARE. OUR
LIABILITY WILL BE NO MORE THAN THE AMOUNT YOU PAID FOR THE PRODUCT THAT IS THE
SUBJECT OF A CLAIM. THIS IS THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT FOR WHICH WE ARE RESPONSIBLE.
SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO
YOU.
How long does this limited warranty last?
This limited warranty lasts for the time period indicated on your packing slip or invoice, except that the limited
warranty on Dell-branded batteries lasts only one year and the limited warranty on the lamps for Dell-branded
projectors lasts only ninety days. The limited warranty begins on the date of the packing slip or invoice. The
warranty period is not extended if we repair or replace a warranted product or any parts. Dell may change the
availability of limited warranties, at its discretion, but any changes will not be retroactive.
What do I do if I need warranty service?
Before the warranty expires, please call us at the relevant number listed in the following table. Please also have your
Dell service tag number or order number available.
What will Dell do?
During the 90 days of the 90-day limited warranty and the first year of all other limited warranties: During the 90
days of the 90-day limited warranty and the first year of all other limited warranties, we will repair any
Dell-branded hardware products returned to us that prove to be defective in materials or workmanship. If we are
not able to repair the product, we will replace it with a comparable product that is new or refurbished.
Individual Home Consumers: U.S. Only
Technical Support 1-800-624-9896
Customer Service 1-800-624-9897
Individual Home Consumers who purchased through
an Employee Purchase Program:
Technical Support and Customer Service 1-800-822-8965
Home and Small Business Commercial Customers:
Technical Support and Customer Service 1-800-456-3355
Medium, Large, or Global Commercial Customers,
Healthcare Customers, and Value Added Resellers
(VARs):
Technical Support and Customer Service 1-877-459-7298
Government and Education Customers:
Technical Support and Customer Service 1-877-459-7298
Dell-Branded Memory 1-888-363-5150
Appendix 83
When you contact us, we will issue a Return Material Authorization Number for you to include with your return.
You must return the products to us in their original or equivalent packaging, prepay shipping charges, and insure
the shipment or accept the risk if the product is lost or damaged in shipment. We will return the repaired or
replacement products to you. We will pay to ship the repaired or replaced products to you if you use an address in
the United States (excluding Puerto Rico and U.S. possessions and territories). Otherwise, we will ship the product
to you freight collect.
If we determine that the product is not covered under this warranty, we will notify you and inform you of service
alternatives that are available to you on a fee basis.
NOTE: Before you ship the product(s) to us, make sure to back up the data on the hard drive(s) and any other
storage device(s) in the product(s). Remove any confidential, proprietary, or personal information and removable
media such as floppy disks, CDs, or PC Cards. We are not responsible for any of your confidential, proprietary, or
personal information; lost or corrupted data; or damaged or lost removable media.
During the remaining years: For the remaining period of the limited warranty, we will replace any defective part
with new or refurbished parts, if we agree that it needs to be replaced. When you contact us, we will require a valid
credit card number at the time you request a replacement part, but we will not charge you for the replacement part
as long as you return the original part to us within thirty days after we ship the replacement part to you. If we do
not receive the original part within thirty days, we will charge to your credit card the then-current standard price for
that part.
We will pay to ship the part to you if you use an address in the United States (excluding Puerto Rico and U.S.
possessions and territories). Otherwise, we will ship the part freight collect. We will also include a prepaid shipping
container with each replacement part for your use in returning the replaced part to us.
NOTE: Before you replace parts, make sure to back up the data on the hard drive(s) and any other storage
device(s) in the product(s). We are not responsible for lost or corrupted data.
What if I purchased a service contract?
If your service contract is with Dell, service will be provided to you under the terms of the service agreement.
Please refer to that contract for details on how to obtain service.
If you purchased through us a service contract with one of our third-party service providers, please refer to that
contract for details on how to obtain service.
How will you fix my product?
We use new and refurbished parts made by various manufacturers in performing warranty repairs and in building
replacement parts and systems. Refurbished parts and systems are parts or systems that have been returned to Dell,
some of which were never used by a customer. All parts and systems are inspected and tested for quality.
Replacement parts and systems are covered for the remaining period of the limited warranty for the product you
bought. Dell owns all parts removed from repaired products.
84 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
What do I do if I am not satisfied?
We pride ourselves on our great customer service. If you are not satisfied with the service you receive under this
limited warranty, please let us know. We have found that the best way to resolve issues regarding our limited
warranty is to work together. If, after those discussions, you are still not satisfied, we believe arbitration is the most
expeditious way to resolve your concerns. Therefore, ANY CLAIM, DISPUTE, OR CONTROVERSY
(WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, WHETHER PREEXISTING, PRESENT, OR
FUTURE, AND INCLUDING STATUTORY, COMMON LAW, INTENTIONAL TORT, AND EQUITABLE
CLAIMS) AGAINST DELL arising from or relating to this limited warranty, its interpretation, or the breach,
termination, or validity thereof, the relationships which result from this limited warranty (including, to the full
extent permitted by applicable law, relationships with third parties), Dell’s advertising, or any related purchase
SHALL BE RESOLVED EXCLUSIVELY AND FINALLY BY BINDING ARBITRATION ADMINISTERED
BY THE NATIONAL ARBITRATION FORUM (NAF) under its Code of Procedure then in effect (available via
the Internet at www.arb-forum.com/ or via telephone at 1-800-474-2371). The arbitration will be limited solely to
the dispute or controversy between you and Dell. Any award of the arbitrator(s) shall be final and binding on each
of the parties, and may be entered as a judgment in any court of competent jurisdiction. Information may be
obtained and claims may be filed with the NAF at P.O. Box 50191, Minneapolis, MN 55405. This provision applies
only to individual home consumers and consumers who purchased through an employee purchase program. It does
not apply to small, medium, large, and global commercial customers or government, education, and healthcare
customers.
May I transfer the limited warranty?
Limited warranties on systems may be transferred if the current owner transfers ownership of the system and
records the transfer with us. The limited warranty on Dell-branded memory may not be transferred. You may
record your transfer by going to Dell’s website:
• If you are an Individual Home Consumer, go to www.dell.com/us/en/dhs/topics/sbtopic_015_ccare.htm
• If you are a Home Office, Small, Medium, Large, or Global Commercial Customer, go to
www.dell.com/us/en/biz/topics/sbtopic_ccare_nav_015_ccare.htm
• If you are a Government, Education, or Healthcare Customer, or an Individual Home Consumer who
purchased through an employee purchase program, go to
www.dell.com/us/en/pub/topics/sbtopic_015_ccare.htm
If you do not have Internet access, call your customer care representative or call 1-800-624-9897.
“Total Satisfaction” Return Policy (U.S. Only)
We value our relationship with you and want to make sure that you’re satisfied with your purchases. That’s why we
offer a “Total Satisfaction” return policy for most products that you—the end-user customer—purchase directly
from Dell. Under this policy, you may return to Dell products that you purchased directly from Dell for a credit or
a refund of the purchase price paid, less shipping and handling and applicable restocking fees as follows:
• New Hardware Products and Accessories — All new hardware, accessories, parts, and unopened software
still in its sealed package, excluding the products listed below, may be returned within thirty days from the
date on the packing slip or invoice. To return applications software or an operating system that has been
installed by Dell, you must return the entire computer. A different return policy applies to nondefective
products purchased through Dell’s Software and Peripherals division by customers of our Small and Medium
Business divisions. Those products may be returned within thirty days from the date on the packing slip or
invoice, but a fifteen percent (15%) restocking fee will be deducted from any refund or credit. The “Total
Satisfaction” Return Policy and Software and Peripherals division return policy are not available for Dell |
EMC storage products, EMC-branded products, or enterprise software.
Appendix 85
• Reconditioned or Refurbished Dell-Branded Hardware Products and Parts — All reconditioned or
refurbished Dell-branded server and storage products may be returned within thirty days from the date on
the packing slip or invoice. All other reconditioned or refurbished Dell-branded hardware products and parts
may be returned within fourteen days of the date on the packing slip or invoice.
To return products, e-mail or call Dell customer service to receive a Credit Return Authorization Number within
the return policy period applicable to the product you want to return. You must obtain a Credit Return
Authorization Number in order to return the product. See “Contacting Dell” or “Getting Help” in your customer
documentation (or www.dell.com/us/en/gen/contact.htm) to find the appropriate contact information for
obtaining customer assistance.
You must ship the products to Dell within five days of the date that Dell issues the Credit Return Authorization
Number. You must also return the products to Dell in their original packaging, in as-new condition along with any
media, documentation, and all other items that were included in the original shipment, prepay shipping charges,
and insure the shipment or accept the risk of loss or damage during shipment.
Limited Warranty Terms for Dell-Branded Hardware Products (Canada Only)
What is covered by this limited warranty?
This limited warranty covers defects in materials and workmanship in your—our end-user customer’s—
Dell-branded hardware products, including Dell-branded peripheral products.
What is not covered by this limited warranty?
This limited warranty does not cover:
• Software, including the operating system and software added to the Dell-branded hardware products
through our factory-integration system, or the reloading of the software
• Non-Dell branded and Solution Provider Direct products and accessories
• Problems that result from:
– External causes such as accident, abuse, misuse, or problems with electrical power
– Servicing not authorized by Dell
– Usage that is not in accordance with product instructions
– Failure to follow the product instructions or failure to perform preventive maintenance
– Problems caused by using accessories, parts, or components not supplied by Dell
• Products with missing or altered service tags or serial numbers
• Products for which we have not received payment
86 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS
WHICH VARY FROM PROVINCE TO PROVINCE. DELL’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR MALFUNCTIONS AND
DEFECTS IN PRODUCT IS LIMITED TO REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT AS SET FORTH IN THIS
WARRANTY STATEMENT, FOR THE TERM OF THE WARRANTY PERIOD REFLECTED ON YOUR
PACKING SLIP OR INVOICE. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN THIS
WARRANTY STATEMENT, DELL DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE.
SOME PROVINCES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR
CONDITIONS, OR LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION LASTS.
THEREFORE, THE FOREGOING EXCLUSIONS AND LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
WE DO NOT ACCEPT LIABILITY BEYOND THE REMEDIES PROVIDED FOR IN THIS WARRANTY
STATEMENT OR FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY LIABILTY FOR THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR
DAMAGES, FOR PRODUCTS NOT BEING AVAILABLE FOR USE, OR FOR LOST DATA OR LOST
SOFTWARE. OUR LIABILITY WILL BE NO MORE THAN THE AMOUNT YOU PAID FOR THE PRODUCT
THAT IS THE SUBJECT OF A CLAIM. THIS IS THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT FOR WHICH WE ARE
RESPONSIBLE.
SOME PROVINCES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF SPECIAL, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY
NOT APPLY TO YOU.
How long does this limited warranty last?
This limited warranty lasts for the time period indicated on your packing slip or invoice, except that the limited
warranty on Dell-branded batteries lasts only one year and the limited warranty on the lamps for Dell-branded
projectors lasts only ninety days. The limited warranty begins on the date of the packing slip or invoice. The
warranty period is not extended if we repair or replace a warranted product or any parts. Dell may change the terms
and availability of limited warranties, at its discretion, but any changes will not be retroactive (that is, the warranty
terms in place at the time of purchase will apply to your purchase).
Appendix 87
What do I do if I need warranty service?
Before the warranty expires, please call us at the relevant number listed in the following table. Please also have your
Dell service tag number or order number available.
What will Dell do?
During the 90 days of the 90-day limited warranty and the first year of all other limited warranties: During the 90
days of the 90-day limited warranty and the first year of all other limited warranties, we will repair any
Dell-branded hardware products returned to us that prove to be defective in materials or workmanship. If we are
not able to repair the product, we will replace it with a comparable product that is new or refurbished.
When you contact us, we will issue a Return Material Authorization Number for you to include with your return.
You must return the products to us in their original or equivalent packaging, prepay shipping charges, and insure
the shipment or accept the risk if the product is lost or damaged in shipment. We will return the repaired or
replacement products to you. We will pay to ship the repaired or replaced products to you if you use an address in
Canada. Otherwise, we will ship the product to you freight collect.
If we determine that the problem is not covered under this warranty, we will notify you and inform you of service
alternatives that are available to you on a fee basis.
NOTE: Before you ship the product(s) to us, make sure to back up the data on the hard drive(s) and any other
storage device(s) in the product(s). Remove any confidential, proprietary or personal information, removable
media, such as floppy disks, CDs, or PC Cards. We are not responsible for any of your confidential, proprietary or
personal information; lost or corrupted data; or damaged or lost removable media.
During the remaining years following the first year of all limited warranties: We will replace any defective part
with new or refurbished parts, if we agree that it needs to be replaced. When you contact us, we will require a valid
credit card number at the time you request a replacement part, but we will not charge you for the replacement part
as long as you return the original part to us within thirty days after we ship the replacement part to you. If we do
not receive the original part within thirty days, we will charge to your credit card the then-current standard price for
that part.
Individual Home Consumers; Home Office and Small
Business Customers:
Canada Only
Technical Support and Customer Service 1-800-847-4096
Medium, Large, and Global Commercial Customers;
Government, Education, and Healthcare Customers;
and Value Added Resellers (VARs):
Technical Support 1-800-387-5757
Customer Service 1-800-326-9463
Government or Education Customers, or Individual
Home Consumers who purchased through an
Employee Purchase Program:
Technical Support 1-800-387-5757
Customer Service 1-800-326-9463 (Extension 8221 for Individual
Consumers)
Dell-Branded Memory 1-888-363-5150
88 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
We will pay to ship the part to you if you use an address in Canada. Otherwise, we will ship the part freight collect.
We will also include a prepaid shipping container with each replacement part for your use in returning the replaced
part to us.
NOTE: Before you replace parts, make sure to back up the data on the hard drive(s) and any other storage
device(s) in the product(s). We are not responsible for lost or corrupted data.
What if I purchased a service contract?
If your service contract is with Dell, service will be provided to you under the terms of the service contract. Please
refer to that contract for details on how to obtain service. Dell’s service contracts can be found online at
www.dell.ca or by calling Customer Care at 1-800-847-4096. If you purchased through us a service contract with
one of our third-party service providers, please refer to that contract (mailed to you with your packing slip or
invoice) for details on how to obtain service.
How will you fix my product?
We use new and refurbished parts made by various manufacturers in performing warranty repairs and in building
replacement parts and systems. Refurbished parts and systems are parts or systems that have been returned to Dell,
some of which were never used by a customer. All parts and systems are inspected and tested for quality.
Replacement parts and systems are covered for the remaining period of the limited warranty for the product you
bought. Dell owns all parts removed from repaired products.
What do I do if I am not satisfied?
We pride ourselves on our great customer service. If you are not satisfied with the service you receive under this
limited warranty, please let us know. We have found that the best way to resolve issues regarding our limited
warranty is to work together. If, after those discussions, you are still not satisfied, we believe arbitration is the most
expeditious way to resolve your concerns. Therefore, ANY CLAIM, DISPUTE, OR CONTROVERSY
(WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, WHETHER PREEXISTING, PRESENT OR
FUTURE, AND INCLUDING STATUTORY, COMMON LAW, INTENTIONAL TORT, AND EQUITABLE
CLAIMS) AGAINST DELL arising from or relating to this limited warranty, its interpretation, or the breach,
termination or validity thereof, the relationships which result from this limited warranty (including, to the full
extent permitted by applicable law, relationships with third parties), Dell’s advertising, or any related purchase
SHALL BE RESOLVED EXCLUSIVELY AND FINALLY BY BINDING ARBITRATION ADMINISTERED
BY THE NATIONAL ARBITRATION FORUM (NAF) under its Code of Procedure then in effect (available via
the Internet at www.arb-forum.com/, or via telephone at 1-800-474-2371). The arbitration will be limited solely to
the dispute or controversy between you and Dell. Any award of the arbitrator(s) shall be final and binding on each
of the parties, and may be entered as a judgment in any court of competent jurisdiction. Information may be
obtained and claims may be filed with the NAF at P.O. Box 50191, Minneapolis, MN 55405.
May I transfer the limited warranty?
Limited warranties on systems may be transferred if the current owner transfers ownership of the system and
records the transfer with us. The limited warranty on Dell-branded memory may not be transferred. You may
record your transfer by going to Dell’s website:
• For Canada-purchased computers (in-country transfers) and to transfer from one customer to another, go to
www.dell.ca/ca/en/gen/topics/segtopic_ccare_nav_013_ccare.htm
• For out-of-country transfers (outside of the original country of purchase), go to
www.dell.com/us/en/biz/topics/sbtopic_ccare_nav_016_ccare.htm
Appendix 89
If you do not have Internet access, call Dell at 1-800-847-4096 (Home Consumer customers) or 1-800-326-9463
(Corporate Commercial or Government customers).
“Total Satisfaction” Return Policy (Canada Only)
If you are an end-user customer who bought new products directly from Dell, you may return them to Dell up to
30 days after you receive them for a refund or credit of the product purchase price. If you are an end-user customer
who bought reconditioned or refurbished products from Dell, you may return them to Dell within 14 days after the
date on the packing slip or invoice for a refund or credit of the product purchase price. In either case, the refund or
credit will not include any shipping and handling charges shown on your packing slip or invoice and will be subject
to a fifteen percent (15%) restocking fee, unless otherwise prohibited by law. If you are an organization that bought
the products under a written agreement with Dell, the agreement may contain different terms for the return of
products than specified by this policy.
To return products, you must call Dell Customer Service at 1-800-847-4096 to receive a Credit Return
Authorization Number. To expedite the process of your refund or credit, Dell expects you to return the products to
Dell in their original packaging within five days of the date that Dell issues the Credit Return Authorization
Number. You must also prepay shipping charges and insure the shipment or accept the risk of loss or damage
during shipment. You may return software for a refund or credit only if the sealed package containing the floppy
disk(s) or CD(s) is unopened. Returned products must be in as-new condition, and all of the manuals, floppy
disk(s), CD(s), power cables, and other items included with a product must be returned with it. For customers who
want to return, for refund or credit only, either application or operating system software that has been installed by
Dell, the whole system must be returned, along with any media and documentation that may have been included
in the original shipment.
The “Total Satisfaction” Return Policy does not apply to Dell | EMC storage products. It also does not apply to
products purchased through Dell’s Software and Peripherals division. For those products, please instead refer to
Dell’s Software and Peripheral’s then-current return policy (see the following section, “Dell Software and
Peripherals (Canada Only)”).
Dell Software and Peripherals (Canada Only)
Third-Party Software and Peripherals Products
Similar to other resellers of software and peripherals, Dell does not warrant third-party products. Third-party
software and peripheral products are covered by the warranties provided by the original manufacturer or publisher
only. Third-party manufacturer warranties vary from product to product. Consult your product documentation for
specific warranty information. More information may also be available from the manufacturer or publisher.
While Dell offers a wide selection of software and peripheral products, we do not specifically test or guarantee that
all of the products we offer work with any or all of the various models of Dell computers, nor do we test or
guarantee all of the products we sell on the hundreds of different brands of computers available today. If you have
questions about compatibility, we recommend and encourage you to contact the third-party software and
peripheral product manufacturer or publisher directly.
90 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Dell-Branded Peripheral Products
Dell does provide a limited warranty for new Dell-branded peripheral products (products for which Dell is listed as
the manufacturer) such as monitors, batteries, memory, docking stations, and projectors). To determine which
limited warranty applies to the product you purchased, see the Dell packing slip or invoice and/or the product
documentation that accompanied your product. Descriptions of Dell’s limited warranties are described in
preceding sections.
Return Policy
If you are an end-user customer who bought Dell Software and Peripherals products directly from a Dell company,
you may return Dell Software and Peripherals products that are in as-new condition to Dell up to 30 days from the
date on the packing slip or invoice for a refund of the product purchase price if already paid. This refund will not
include any shipping and handling charges shown on your packing slip or invoice; you are responsible for those.
To return products, you must call Dell Customer Service at 1-800-387-5759 to receive a Credit Return
Authorization Number. You must ship the Dell Software and Peripherals products back to Dell in their original
manufacturer’s packaging (which must be in as-new condition), prepay shipping charges, and insure the shipment
or accept the risk of loss or damage during shipment.
To qualify for refund or replacement, returned products must be in as-new condition, software products must be
unopened, and all of the manuals, floppy disk(s), CD(s), power cables, and other items included with a product
must be returned with it.
One-Year End-User Manufacturer Guarantee (Latin America and the
Caribbean Only)
Guarantee
Dell Computer Corporation (”Dell”) warrants to the end user in accordance with the following provisions that its
branded hardware products, purchased by the end user from a Dell company or an authorized Dell distributor in
Latin America or the Caribbean, will be free from defects in materials, workmanship, and design affecting normal
use, for a period of one year from the original purchase date. Products for which proper claims are made will, at
Dell’s option, be repaired or replaced at Dell’s expense. Dell owns all parts removed from repaired products. Dell
uses new and reconditioned parts made by various manufacturers in performing repairs and building replacement
products.
Exclusions
This Guarantee does not apply to defects resulting from: improper or inadequate installation, use, or maintenance;
actions or modifications by unauthorized third parties or the end user; accidental or willful damage; or normal wear
and tear.
Appendix 91
Making a Claim
Claims must be made in Latin America or the Caribbean by contacting the Dell point of sale within the guarantee
period. The end user must always supply proof of purchase, indicating name and address of the seller, date of
purchase, model and serial number, name and address of the customer, and details of symptoms and configuration
at the time of malfunction, including peripherals and software used. Otherwise, Dell may refuse the guarantee
claim. Upon diagnosis of a warranted defect, Dell will make arrangements and pay for ground freight and insurance
to and from Dell’s repair/replacement center. The end user must ensure that the defective product is available for
collection properly packed in original or equally protective packaging together with the details listed above and the
return number provided to the end user by Dell.
Limitation and Statutory Rights
Dell makes no other warranty, guarantee or like statement other than as explicitly stated above, and this Guarantee
is given in place of all other guarantees whatsoever, to the fullest extent permitted by law. In the absence of
applicable legislation, this Guarantee will be the end user’s sole and exclusive remedy against Dell or any of its
affiliates, and neither Dell nor any of its affiliates shall be liable for loss of profit or contracts, or any other indirect
or consequential loss arising from negligence, breach of contract, or howsoever.
This Guarantee does not impair or affect mandatory statutory rights of the end user against and/or any rights
resulting from other contracts concluded by the end user with Dell and/or any other seller.
Dell World Trade LP
One Dell Way, Round Rock, TX 78682, USA
Dell Computadores do Brasil Ltda (CNPJ No. 72.381.189/0001-10)/
Dell Commercial do Brasil Ltda (CNPJ No. 03 405 822/0001-40)
Avenida Industrial Belgraf, 400
92990-000 – Eldorado do Sul – RS – Brasil
Dell Computer de Chile Ltda
Coyancura 2283, Piso 3- Of.302,
Providencia, Santiago – Chile
Dell Computer de Colombia Corporation
Carrera 7 #115-33 Oficina 603
Bogota, Colombia
Dell Computer de Mexico SA de CV
Paseo de la Reforma 2620 – 11° Piso
Col. Lomas Altas
11950 México, D.F.
92 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Dell Computer Corporation
Ink and Toner Cartridges Limited Warranties
The following sections describe the limited warranty for ink and toner cartridges for the U.S., Canada, and Latin
America. Refer to the appropriate limited warranty accordingly.
Ink and Toner Cartridges Limited Warranty (U.S. and Canada Only)
Dell Computer Corporation warrants to the original purchaser of genuine Dell-branded toner cartridges that they
will be free from defects in material and workmanship for the life of the cartridge and that for genuine
Dell-branded ink cartridges they will be free from defects in material and workmanship for two years beginning on
the date of invoice. If this product proves defective in either material or workmanship, it will be replaced without
charge during the limited warranty period if returned to Dell. You must first call our toll-free number to get your
return authorization. In the U.S., call 1-800-822-8965; in Canada, call 1-800-387-5757. If we are not able to replace
the product because it has been discontinued or is not available, we will either replace it with a comparable
product or reimburse you for the cartridge purchase cost, at Dell’s sole option. This limited warranty does not
apply to ink or toner cartridges that have been refilled or improperly stored or due to problems resulting from
misuse, abuse, accident, neglect, mishandling, incorrect environments, or wear from ordinary use.
THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS
WHICH VARY FROM STATE TO STATE (OR JURISDICTION TO JURISDICTION). DELL’S
RESPONSIBILITY FOR MALFUNCTIONS AND DEFECTS IN HARDWARE IS LIMITED TO
REPLACEMENT AS SET FORTH IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT. FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS,
EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES CONTAINED IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT, DELL
DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR
OTHERWISE, FOR THE PRODUCT. FOR U.S. CUSTOMERS, ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED
WARRANTIES FOR THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES
AND CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
LIMITED IN TIME TO THE TERM OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WILL APPLY AFTER THE LIMITED WARRANTY PERIOD HAS EXPIRED. SOME
STATES OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OR CONDITIONS, OR LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION
LASTS, SO THIS LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THIS WARRANTY COVERAGE TERMINATES
IF YOU SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS PRODUCT TO ANOTHER PARTY.
DELL DOES NOT ACCEPT LIABILITY BEYOND THE REMEDIES PROVIDED FOR IN THIS LIMITED
WARRANTY OR FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY LIABILTY FOR THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR
DAMAGES, FOR PRODUCTS NOT BEING AVAILABLE FOR USE, OR FOR LOST DATA OR LOST
SOFTWARE. DELL’S LIABILITY WILL BE NO MORE THAN THE AMOUNT YOU PAID FOR THE
PRODUCT THAT IS THE SUBJECT OF A CLAIM. THIS IS THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT FOR WHICH DELL
IS RESPONSIBLE.
SOME STATES OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF SPECIAL,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR
EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
Appendix 93
Ink and Toner Cartridges Limited Warranty (Latin America Only)
Dell Computer Corporation warrants to the original purchaser of genuine Dell-branded toner cartridges that the
cartridges will be free from defects resulting from material or manufacturing process for the life of the cartridge.
For the original purchaser of genuine Dell-branded ink cartridges, Dell warrants that the cartridges will be free
from defects resulting from material or manufacturing process for one year beginning from the date of delivery.
If this product presents defects resulting from either material or manufacturing process, it will be replaced without
charge during the limited warranty period if returned to Dell.
In order to obtain the necessary information to enable the replacement, call the appropriate toll-free number. In
Mexico, call 001-877-533-6230; in Puerto Rico, call 1-877-839-5123. In cases in which either the production of the
cartridge has been discontinued or the cartridge is not available, Dell reserves the right, at its sole discretion, to
choose between replacing it by a similar product or reimbursing you for the purchase cost.
This limited warranty does not apply to ink or toner cartridges that have been refilled or to defects resulting from
misuse, abuse, accident, negligence, mishandling, improper storage or exposure to inappropriate environments.
Dell’s liability for the malfunction or defect of hardware after the period of the legal warranty (and specifically the
period of the legal warranty of defective products stated in the consumer protections rules), is limited to either the
substitution of the product or the reimbursement as stated above. This warranty coverage terminates if you sell or
otherwise transfer this product to a third party.
Dell does not accept any additional liability for patrimonial, emotional or any other kind of damage caused to the
consumer and/or to a third party, which exceeds the established liability either in this limited warranty or in legal
rules that may apply.
94 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
Dell Software License Agreement
This is a legal agreement between you, the user, and Dell Products, L.P (”Dell”). This
agreement covers all software that is distributed with the Dell product, for which there is no
separate license agreement between you and the manufacturer or owner of the software
(collectively the “Software”). By opening or breaking the seal on the Software packet(s),
installing or downloading the Software, or using the Software that has been preloaded or is
embedded in your computer, you agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. If you
do not agree to these terms, promptly return all Software items (disks, written materials,
and packaging) and delete any preloaded or embedded Software.
You may use one copy of the Software on only one computer at a time. If you have multiple
licenses for the Software, you may use as many copies at any time as you have licenses. “Use”
means loading the Software in temporary memory or permanent storage on the computer.
Installation on a network server solely for distribution to other computers is not “use” if (but
only if) you have a separate license for each computer to which the Software is distributed.
You must ensure that the number of persons using the Software installed on a network
server does not exceed the number of licenses that you have. If the number of users of
Software installed on a network server will exceed the number of licenses, you must
purchase additional licenses until the number of licenses equals the number of users before
allowing additional users to use the Software. If you are a commercial customer of Dell or a
Dell affiliate, you hereby grant Dell, or an agent selected by Dell, the right to perform an
audit of your use of the Software during normal business hours, you agree to cooperate with
Dell in such audit, and you agree to provide Dell with all records reasonably related to your
use of the Software. The audit will be limited to verification of your compliance with the
terms of this agreement.
The Software is protected by United States copyright laws and international treaties. You
may make one copy of the Software solely for backup or archival purposes or transfer it to a
single hard disk provided you keep the original solely for backup or archival purposes. You
may not rent or lease the Software or copy the written materials accompanying the
Software, but you may transfer the Software and all accompanying materials on a
permanent basis if you retain no copies and the recipient agrees to the terms hereof. Any
transfer must include the most recent update and all prior versions. You may not reverse
engineer, decompile or disassemble the Software. If the package accompanying your
computer contains compact discs, 3.5″ and/or 5.25″ disks, you may use only the disks
appropriate for your computer. You may not use the disks on another computer or network,
or loan, rent, lease, or transfer them to another user except as permitted by this agreement.
Appendix 95
Limited Warranty
Dell warrants that the Software disks will be free from defects in materials and
workmanship under normal use for ninety (90) days from the date you receive them. This
warranty is limited to you and is not transferable. Any implied warranties are limited to
ninety (90) days from the date you receive the Software. Some jurisdictions do not allow
limits on the duration of an implied warranty, so this limitation may not apply to you. The
entire liability of Dell and its suppliers, and your exclusive remedy, shall be (a) return of the
price paid for the Software or (b) replacement of any disk not meeting this warranty that is
sent with a return authorization number to Dell, at your cost and risk. This limited warranty
is void if any disk damage has resulted from accident, abuse, misapplication, or service or
modification by someone other than Dell. Any replacement disk is warranted for the
remaining original warranty period or thirty (30) days, whichever is longer.
Dell does NOT warrant that the functions of the Software will meet your requirements or
that operation of the Software will be uninterrupted or error free. You assume responsibility
for selecting the Software to achieve your intended results and for the use and results
obtained from the Software.
DELL, ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND ITS SUPPLIERS, DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, FOR THE SOFTWARE AND ALL ACCOMPANYING
WRITTEN MATERIALS. This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights; you may
have others, which vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
IN NO EVENT SHALL DELL OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF
BUSINESS PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF BUSINESS
INFORMATION, OR OTHER PECUNIARY LOSS) ARISING OUT OF USE OR
INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES. Because some jurisdictions do not allow an exclusion or limitation of
liability for consequential or incidental damages, the above limitation may not apply to you.
96 Appendix
www. d e l l . c o m /s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c om
U.S. Government Restricted Rights
The software and documentation are “commercial items” as that term is defined at 48
C.F.R. 2.101, consisting of “commercial computer software” and “commercial computer
software documentation” as such terms are used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212. Consistent with 48
C.F.R. 12.212 and 48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4, all U.S. Government end users
acquire the software and documentation with only those rights set forth herein.
Contractor/manufacturer is Dell Products, L.P., One Dell Way, Round Rock, Texas 78682.
General
This license is effective until terminated. It will terminate upon the conditions set forth
above or if you fail to comply with any of its terms. Upon termination, you agree that the
Software and accompanying materials, and all copies thereof, will be destroyed. This
agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Texas. Each provision of this agreement is
severable. If a provision is found to be unenforceable, this finding does not affect the
enforceability of the remaining provisions, terms, or conditions of this agreement. This
agreement is binding on successors and assigns. Dell agrees and you agree to waive, to the
maximum extent permitted by law, any right to a jury trial with respect to the Software or
this agreement. Because this waiver may not be effective in some jurisdictions, this waiver
may not apply to you. You acknowledge that you have read this agreement, that you
understand it, that you agree to be bound by its terms, and that this is the complete and
exclusive statement of the agreement between you and Dell regarding the Software.
Index 97
Index
A
A4, loading, 37, 41, 45
A5, loading, 37, 42, 45
attaching an overlay, 15
B
B5, loading, 37, 42, 45
C
cables, power, 49
card stock, loading, 37
D
driver profiler, using, 53
drivers, installing, 53
E
envelopes, loading, 38, 45
executive, loading, 37, 42, 45
F
flash memory, installing, 29
I
installing
flash memory, 29
memory cards, 29
printer drivers, 53
using Windows 2000, 55
using Windows 98, 57
using Windows Me, 56
using Windows NT, 57
using Windows XP, 54
printer memory, 29
L
legal, loading, 39, 41, 45
letter, loading, 37, 45
letterhead, loading, 37, 42, 45
loading
card stock, 37, 45
envelopes, 37, 45
paper
A4, 37, 45
A5, 37, 45
B5, 37, 45
executive, 37, 45
legal, 39, 41, 45
letter, 37, 45
letterhead, 37, 45
transparencies, 37, 45
trays 1, 2, and 3, 36
local printer setup utility,
using, 52
M
maximum stack height, trays
1, 2, 3, 43
memory cards
flash, 29
installing, 29
menu settings page,
printing, 66
metal shield, reinstalling, 31
O
option cards, memory, 29
ordering supplies, 2
overlay, attaching, 15
P
printer
memory, 29
sharing, 59
turning the power on, 49
unpack, 14
printer software uninstall,
using, 52
Index 98
printing status window,
using, 51
printing, menu settings
page, 66
R
reinstalling, metal shield, 31
S
safety information, 7
sharing the printer, 59
software applications
driver profiler, 53
local printer setup utility, 52
printing status, 51
status monitor, 51
toner re-order, 51
uninstall, 52
stack height, maximum
trays 1, 2, 3, 43
status monitor, using, 51
supplies, ordering, 2
T
toner re-order window,
using, 51
toner, ordering, 2
transparencies, loading, 37,
45
turning on the printer, 49
U
uninstall software, 52
unpacking, printer, 14
W
warranty, 81
Windows 2000, drivers, 55
Windows 98, drivers, 57
Windows Me, drivers, 56
Windows NT, drivers, 57
Windows XP, drivers, 54

www. d e l l . c om/ s u p p l i e s | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m

HP – PCL/PJL Reference – Addendum

hpPCL/PJL reference
PCL 5 comparison guide
addendum

hp LaserJet printer family
reference
Copyright and License
© 2003 Copyright Hewlett-Packard Development Company, LP
All Rights Reserved. Reproduction, adaptation, or translation without
prior written permission is prohibited, except as allowed under the
copyright laws.
The information contained in this document is subject to change
without notice.
Publication number: 5851-1650
Edition 1, 6/2003
ENWW Contents 3
Contents
Tables
1 Introduction
About this Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Related documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2 PCL 5 feature support
Index
4 ENWW
ENWW Contents 5
Tables
Table 1. Contents of PCL 5 feature-support tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
6 ENWW
ENWW About this Guide 7
1Introduction
Hewlett-Packard products that support the printer command language version 5 (PCL 5) contain
slightly different feature sets, each suitable for that product’s intended use. Each product
implements minor variations of PCL 5 as a result of those differences. With new printer releases,
new features might be added and might include new commands or PCL operations that require
documentation.
The PCL 5 Comparison Guide Addendum complements the contents of the PCL 5 Comparison
Guide and the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual.
● For general information about PCL 5, see the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference
Manual.
● For product-specific information about PCL 5 as it applies specific legacy products, see the
PCL 5 Comparison Guide.
● For product-specific information about PCL 5 as it applies to newer products, see the PCL 5
Comparison Guide Addendum.
About this Guide
The purpose of the PCL 5 Comparison Guide and PCL 5 Comparison Guide Addendum is to
identify the differences in the implementation of PCL 5 for different HP products, as compared to
the features that are described in the PCL 5 Technical Reference Manual. This guide describes
new commands and exceptions to existing commands that are unique to the printers, and also
describes internal typeface and font support and print-environment settings.
8 Chapter 1 Introduction ENWW
Related documents
The following documents provide related information about HP PCL 5 products.
PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual
The PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual provides a description of the printer
command language that controls PCL 5 products. The document provides explanations of each
PCL command, and examples that demonstrate how the commands are used to control
the product. A large portion of the document is devoted to HP-GL/2, the vector-based graphics
language that is part of all PCL 5 printers.
PCL 5 Color Technical Reference Manual
This document describes the PCL 5 commands that are used to print color on HP color LaserJet
products and the other Hewlett-Packard PCL 5 color products. Some of the main topics include
an overview of the color printing process, using palettes, choosing color modes, adjusting output
color to meet specific requirements, printing color raster graphics, and using HP-GL/2 vector
graphics. Examples are provided that demonstrate the use of the PCL 5 color commands.
PCL/PJL Technical Quick Reference Guide
This document is designed to provide quick access to the syntax of each PCL and PJL
command. The commands are grouped by their function so that users who are familiar with PCL
or PJL can find the syntax of a specific command without opening the manuals.
Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual
This manual describes PJL, the HP printer job language that is used on many of the HP
products. PJL is used for switching printer languages, requesting status information, changing
display messages, and inquiring about feature settings, and for other job-level functions.
Printer Job Language Technical Reference Addendum
This document complements the Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual by
providing updated, product-specific information. This document should be used along with the
Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual.
ENWW 9
2PCL 5 feature support
Table 1 describes the contents of the subsequent feature support tables for HP LaserJet and HP
color LaserJet products. These tables list all of the printer commands from the PCL 5 Printer
Language Technical Reference Manual and identify which commands the various products
support.
Note The PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual was revised for the release of the
HP LaserJet 4 printer and contains all of the PCL language features for printers up to and including
the HP LaserJet 4 printer. Subsequent commands are covered in the PCL 5 Comparison Guide,
the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference Manual, and this document.
Note The information contained in the following tables is subject to change without notice. To ensure
that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
In the following tables, if the command value field parameters are not listed, then all parameters
are supported by printers that support that command.
Corresponding parameter values are shown in brackets after the command. For example, under
the Page Size command, the table lists “Letter [2],” which indicates that the value field to select
for letter size in the Page Size command is “2”.
Commands that are not supported (ns) by a printer are ignored.
Table 1. Contents of PCL 5 feature-support tables
Table and location Features for these products
Table 2 on page 10 HP LaserJet 1150 series, 1200 series,
1300 series, 2200 series, 2300 series
Table 3 on page 19 HP LaserJet 4100 series, 4100mfp series,
4200 series, 4300 series
Table 4 on page 28 HP LaserJet 5100 series, 8150 series,
9000 series, 9000mfp series
Table 5 on page 38 HP LaserJet 3200mfp series,
3300mfp series
Table 6 on page 47 HP color LaserJet 2500 series, 4550 series,
4600 series
Table 7 on page 57 HP color LaserJet 5500 series,
8550 series, 8550mfp series
10 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products
Functions Commands LaserJet
1150
series
LaserJet
1200
series
LaserJet
1300
series
LaserJet
2200
series
LaserJet
2300
series
Miscellaneous
Configuration (AppleTalk) ?&b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Job control
Universal Exit/Start of PJL
(UEL)
?%–12345X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Reset ?E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Copies ?&l#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Simplex/Duplex Print ?&l#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Left (Long-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top (Short-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Unit Of Measure ?&u#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mechanical Print Quality ?*o#Q ns ns ns ns ns
Media Type ?&l#M ns ns ns ns ns
Negative Motion ?&a#N ns ns ns ns ns
Self-Test ?z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper Type ?&n5WdBond ns ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdPlain ns ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdColor ns ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdRough ns ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdHeavy ns ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdGloss ns ns ns ns ns
?&n7WdLabels ns ns ns ns ns
?&n7WdVellum ns ns ns ns ns
?&n8WdDefault ns ns ns ns ns
?&n9WdRecycled ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdLetterhead ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdCard Stock ns ns ns ns ns
?&n10WdCardstock ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdPrepunched ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdPreprinted ns ns ns ns ns
?&n13WdTransparency ns ns ns ns ns
?&n#WdCustomType1 ns ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific support
information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
1 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace “#” with the number of
characters in the name plus 1.
ENWW 11
Page control
Page (Job) Size ?&l#A
Executive [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Letter [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Legal [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Ledger [6] ns ns ns ns ns
JISExec (Foolscap) [10] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A5 [25] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A4 [26] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A3 [27] ns ns ns ns ns
JIS B5 Paper [45]1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
JIS B4 Paper [46] ns ns ns ns ns
Monarch Envelope [80] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Com-10 Envelope [81] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. DL Envelope [90] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. C5 Envelope [91] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. B5 Envelope [100] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Custom [101] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Hagaki Postcard [71] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard [72]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Orientation ?&l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Page Side Selection2 ?&a#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Job Separation ?&l1T ns ns ns ns ns
Finish Mode ?&b#F ns ns ns ns ns
Paper (Media) Source ?&l#H
In Tray (current tray)[0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1st Cassette
(Main paper source) [1]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Multipurpose Tray [4] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
2nd Cassette (Opt.
Source) [5]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Envelope Feeder [6] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Auto Select [7] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
3rd Cassette[8] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HCI Trays 2-21 [20-39] ns ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific support
information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
1 Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS)
2 On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
1150
series
LaserJet
1200
series
LaserJet
1300
series
LaserJet
2200
series
LaserJet
2300
series
12 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Page control (continued)
Output (Media) Bin ?&l#G
Automatic [0] ns ns ns ns ns
Destination Tray 1 [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 2 [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 3 [3] ns ns ns ns ns
Print Direction ?&a#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Text Path Dir. ?&c#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Left Margin ?&a#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Right Margin ?&a#M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Clear Horizontal Margins ?9 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top Margin ?&l#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Length ?&l#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Perforation Skip ?&l#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Horizontal Motion Index ?&k#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Motion Index ?&l#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Spacing ?&l#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Alphanumeric ID (media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID ?&n#W[operation] [string] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cursor positioning
Horizontal Position ?&a#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Position ?&a#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Half Line Feed ?= ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Termination ?&k#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Position ?&f#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific support
information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
1150
series
LaserJet
1200
series
LaserJet
1300
series
LaserJet
2200
series
LaserJet
2300
series
ENWW 13
Font selection
The Primary font printer commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing the left parenthesis “(”
in the command with a right parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set [Primary] ?(ID ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Spacing [Primary] ?(s#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pitch [Primary] ?(s#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Height [Primary] ?(s#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Style [Primary] ?(s#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Stroke Weight [Primary] ?(s#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Typeface [Primary] ?(s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Selection By ID #
[Primary]
?(#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Default Font
[Primary]
?(3@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Underline ?&d#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&d@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transparent Print Data ?&p#X[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Parsing Method ?&t#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font management
Assign Font ID # ?*c#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Control ?*c#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined symbol set
Symbol Set ID Code ?*c#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Define Symbol Set ?(f#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Control ?*c#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Soft font creation
Font Descriptor ?)s#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535
Character Code ?*c#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character ?(s#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Macros
Macro ID ?&f#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Macro Control ?&f#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific support
information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
1150
series
LaserJet
1200
series
LaserJet
1300
series
LaserJet
2200
series
LaserJet
2300
series
14 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Print model imaging
Source Transparency
Mode
?*v#N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern Transparency
Mode
?*v#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Area Fill (Pattern) ID ?*c#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Current Pattern ?*v#T
Solid Black [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Solid White [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP Shading Pattern [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3]
(HP-hatch Pattern)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Logical Operation ?*l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pixel Placement ?*l#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined pattern
Define (Download) Pattern ?*c#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535
Set Pattern Reference
Point
?*p#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern
Control
?*c#Q ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific support
information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
1150
series
LaserJet
1200
series
LaserJet
1300
series
LaserJet
2200
series
LaserJet
2300
series
ENWW 15
Raster graphics
Raster Resolution ?*t#R
75 Dots per
inch (dpi) [75]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
100 dpi [100] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
150 dpi [150] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
200 dpi [200]1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
300 dpi [300] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
600 dpi [600]1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Graphics Presentation ?*r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Source] ?*r#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Destination] ?*t#V ns ns ns ns ns
Raster Width [Source] ?*r#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width [Destination] ?*t#H ns ns ns ns ns
Scale Algorithm ?*t#K ns ns ns ns ns
Start Raster Graphics ?*r#A
At logical page left
limit [0]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At logical page left limit,
with scaling ON [2]
ns ns ns ns ns
At CAP, with
scaling ON [3]
ns ns ns ns ns
Y Offset ?*b#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Compression Mode ?*b#M
Unencoded [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Run-Length Encoded [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
TIFF Encoded [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Delta Row Encoded [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mode 5 Adaptive [5] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Replacement Delta
Row [9]
ns ns ns ns ns
Transfer Raster (Row/
Block)
?*b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transfer Raster (Plane) ?*b#V[data] ns ns ns ns ns
End Graphics
Version B ?*rB ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Version C (Preferred) ?*rC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific support
information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
1 Supported if the printer resolution is 600 dpi.
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
1150
series
LaserJet
1200
series
LaserJet
1300
series
LaserJet
2200
series
LaserJet
2300
series
16 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Rectangular area fill
Horizontal Rectangle Size ?*c#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Rectangle Size ?*c#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) ?*c#G
1-100 for Shading ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1-6 for Cross-hatch ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
0-32767 for User-defined ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Fill Rectangle Area ?*c#P
Black (solid) [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
(Solid) White (erase) [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Shaded (gray) [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current Pattern [5] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Status readback
Set Status Readback
Location Type
?*s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Status Readback
Location Unit
?*s#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Inquire Status Readback
Entity
?*s#I ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Free Space ?*s1M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Flush All Pages ?&r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Echo ?*s#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific support
information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
1150
series
LaserJet
1200
series
LaserJet
1300
series
LaserJet
2200
series
LaserJet
2300
series
ENWW 17
Picture frame (for vector graphics)
Picture Frame Horiz. Size ?*c#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Picture Frame Vert. Size ?*c#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Picture Frame Anchor
Point
?*c0T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size ?*c#K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size ?*c#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Enter HP-GL/2 ?%#B
Standalone plotter [-1] ns ns ns ns ns
Previous HP-GL [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL coordinates
and old HP-GL/2 [2]
ns ns ns ns ns
Current PCL coordinates
and current CAP [3]
ns ns ns ns ns
Enter PCL Mode ?%#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Programming hints
Display Functions
On ?Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Off ?Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
End-of-line Wrap ?&s#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PCL 5 color commands
Assign Color Index ?*v#I ns ns ns ns ns
Color Component 1 ?*v#A ns ns ns ns ns
Color Component 2 ?*v#B ns ns ns ns ns
Color Component 3 ?*v#C ns ns ns ns ns
Color Lookup Tables ?*l#W[data] ns ns ns ns ns
Configure Image Data ?*v#W[data] ns ns ns ns ns
Download Dither Matrix ?*m#W ns ns ns ns ns
Driver Function
Configuration
?*o3W643 ns ns ns ns ns
?*o3W646 ns ns ns ns ns
?*o3W647 ns ns ns ns ns
Foreground Color ?*v#S ns ns ns ns ns
Gamma Correction ?*t#I ns ns ns ns ns
Monochrome Print Mode ?&b#M ns ns ns ns ns
Palette Control ID ?&p#I ns ns ns ns ns
Palette Control ?&p#C ns ns ns ns ns
Push/Pop Palette ?*p#P ns ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific support
information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
1150
series
LaserJet
1200
series
LaserJet
1300
series
LaserJet
2200
series
LaserJet
2300
series
18 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
PCL 5 color commands (continued)
Render Algorithm ?*t#J ns ns ns ns ns
Range: 0 – 8 ns ns ns ns ns
Range: 9 – 10 ns ns ns ns ns
Range: 11 – 14 ns ns ns ns ns
Range: 15 – 19 ns ns ns ns ns
Select Palette ?&p#S ns ns ns ns ns
Set Viewing Illuminant ?*i#W[data] ns ns ns ns ns
Simple Color ?*r#U ns ns ns ns ns
HP-GL/2 graphics*
Advance Full Page PG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Bezier BR, BZ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Begin Plot BP ns ns ns ns ns
Chord Tolerance Mode CT ns ns ns ns ns
(Relative) Color Range CR ns ns ns ns ns
Download Character DL ns ns ns ns ns
Fill Type FT
Odd/Even ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Non-Zero Winding ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Frame Advance FR ns ns ns ns ns
Label origin LO
1-9 / 11-19 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Media Type MT ns ns ns ns ns
Merge Control MC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Pens NP ns ns ns ns ns
Output Error OE ns ns ns ns ns
Output Hardcopy Limits OH ns ns ns ns ns
Output Identification OI ns ns ns ns ns
Output P1 and P2 OP ns ns ns ns ns
Output Status OS ns ns ns ns ns
Pen Color Assignment PC ns ns ns ns ns
Pixel Placement PP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Plot Size PS ns ns ns ns ns
Quality Level QL ns ns ns ns ns
Replot RP ns ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific support
information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
* HP-GL/2: Commands are listed in Appendix A of the PCL 5 Comparison Guide except as shown in the following cells
Table 2. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
1150
series
LaserJet
1200
series
LaserJet
1300
series
LaserJet
2200
series
LaserJet
2300
series
ENWW 19
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products
Functions Commands LaserJet
4100
series
LaserJet
4100mfp
series
LaserJet
4200
series
LaserJet
4300
series
Miscellaneous
Configuration (AppleTalk) ?&b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Job control
Universal Exit/Start of PJL
(UEL)
?%–12345X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Reset ?E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Copies ?&l#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Simplex/Duplex Print ?&l#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Left (Long-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top (Short-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Unit Of Measure ?&u#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mechanical Print Quality ?*o#Q ns ns ns ns
Media Type ?&l#M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Negative Motion ?&a#N ns ns ns ns
Self-Test ?z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper Type ?&n5WdBond ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdPlain ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdColor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdRough ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdHeavy ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdGloss ns ns ns ns
?&n7WdLabels ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n7WdVellum ns ns ns ns
?&n8WdDefault ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n9WdRecycled ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdLetterhead ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdCard Stock ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n10WdCardstock ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPrepunched ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPreprinted ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n13WdTransparency ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n#WdCustomType1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
1 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace “#” with the number
of characters in the name plus 1.
20 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Page control
Page (Job) Size ?&l#A
Executive [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Letter [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Legal [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Ledger [6] ns ns ns ns
JISExec (Foolscap) [10]
A5 [25] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A4 [26] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A3 [27] ns ns ns ns
JIS B5 Paper [45]1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
JIS B4 Paper [46] ns ns ns ns
Monarch Envelope [80] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Com-10 Envelope [81] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. DL Envelope [90] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. C5 Envelope [91] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. B5 Envelope [100] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Custom [101] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Hagaki Postcard [71] ns ns ns ns
Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard [72]
ns ns ns ns
Orientation ?&l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Page Side Selection2 ?&a#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Job Separation ?&l1T ns ns ns ns
Finish Mode ?&b#F ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
1 Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS)
2 On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
4100
series
LaserJet
4100mfp
series
LaserJet
4200
series
LaserJet
4300
series
ENWW 21
Page control (continued)
Paper (Media) Source ?&l#H
In Tray (current tray)[0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1st Cassette
(Main paper source) [1]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Multipurpose Tray [4] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
2nd Cassette (Opt.
Source) [5]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Envelope Feeder [6] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Auto Select [7] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
3rd Cassette[8] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HCI Trays 2-21 [20-39] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Output (Media) Bin ?&l#G
Automatic [0] ns ns ns ns
Destination Tray 1 [1] ns ns ns ns
Destination Tray 2 [2] ns ns ns ns
Destination Tray 3 [3] ns ns ns ns
Print Direction ?&a#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Text Path Dir. ?&c#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Left Margin ?&a#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Right Margin ?&a#M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Clear Horizontal Margins ?9 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top Margin ?&l#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Length ?&l#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Perforation Skip ?&l#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Horizontal Motion Index ?&k#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Motion Index ?&l#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Spacing ?&l#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Alphanumeric ID (media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID ?&n#W[operation] [string] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
4100
series
LaserJet
4100mfp
series
LaserJet
4200
series
LaserJet
4300
series
22 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Cursor positioning
Horizontal Position ?&a#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Position ?&a#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Half Line Feed ?= ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Termination ?&k#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Position ?&f#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font selection
The Primary font printer commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing the left
parenthesis “(” in the command with a right parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set [Primary] ?(ID ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Spacing [Primary] ?(s#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pitch [Primary] ?(s#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Height [Primary] ?(s#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Style [Primary] ?(s#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Stroke Weight [Primary] ?(s#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Typeface [Primary] ?(s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Selection By ID #
[Primary]
?(#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Default Font
[Primary]
?(3@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Underline ?&d#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&d@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transparent Print Data ?&p#X[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Parsing Method ?&t#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font management
Assign Font ID # ?*c#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Control ?*c#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined symbol set
Symbol Set ID Code ?*c#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Define Symbol Set ?(f#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Control ?*c#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
4100
series
LaserJet
4100mfp
series
LaserJet
4200
series
LaserJet
4300
series
ENWW 23
Soft font creation
Font Descriptor ?)s#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Code ?*c#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character ?(s#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Macros
Macro ID ?&f#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Macro Control ?&f#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Print model imaging
Source Transparency
Mode
?*v#N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern Transparency
Mode
?*v#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Area Fill (Pattern) ID ?*c#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Current Pattern ?*v#T
Solid Black [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Solid White [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP Shading Pattern [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3]
(HP-hatch Pattern)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Logical Operation ?*l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pixel Placement ?*l#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined pattern
Define (Download) Pattern ?*c#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Pattern Reference
Point
?*p#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern
Control
?*c#Q ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
4100
series
LaserJet
4100mfp
series
LaserJet
4200
series
LaserJet
4300
series
24 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Raster graphics
Raster Resolution ?*t#R
75 Dots per
inch (dpi) [75]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
100 dpi [100] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
150 dpi [150] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
200 dpi [200]1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
300 dpi [300] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
600 dpi [600]1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Graphics Presentation ?*r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Source] ?*r#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Destination] ?*t#V ns ns ns ns
Raster Width [Source] ?*r#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width [Destination] ?*t#H ns ns ns ns
Scale Algorithm ?*t#K ns ns ns ns
Start Raster Graphics ?*r#A
At logical page left
limit [0]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At logical page left limit,
with scaling ON [2]
ns ns ns ns
At CAP, with
scaling ON [3]
ns ns ns ns
Y Offset ?*b#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Compression Mode ?*b#M
Unencoded [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Run-Length Encoded [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
TIFF Encoded [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Delta Row Encoded [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mode 5 Adaptive [5] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Replacement Delta
Row [9]
ns ns ns ns
Transfer Raster (Row/
Block)
?*b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transfer Raster (Plane) ?*b#V[data] ns ns ns ns
End Graphics
Version B ?*rB ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Version C (Preferred) ?*rC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
1 Supported if the printer resolution is 600 dpi.
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
4100
series
LaserJet
4100mfp
series
LaserJet
4200
series
LaserJet
4300
series
ENWW 25
Rectangular area fill
Horizontal Rectangle Size ?*c#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Rectangle Size ?*c#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) ?*c#G
1-100 for Shading ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1-6 for Cross-hatch ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
0-32767 for User-defined ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Fill Rectangle Area ?*c#P
Black (solid) [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
(Solid) White (erase) [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Shaded (gray) [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current Pattern [5] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Status readback
Set Status Readback
Location Type
?*s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Status Readback
Location Unit
?*s#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Inquire Status Readback
Entity
?*s#I ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Free Space ?*s1M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Flush All Pages ?&r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Echo ?*s#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
4100
series
LaserJet
4100mfp
series
LaserJet
4200
series
LaserJet
4300
series
26 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Picture frame (for vector graphics)
Picture Frame Horiz. Size ?*c#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Picture Frame Vert. Size ?*c#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Picture Frame Anchor
Point
?*c0T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size ?*c#K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size ?*c#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Enter HP-GL/2 ?%#B
Standalone plotter [-1] ns ns ns ns
Previous HP-GL [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL coordinates
and old HP-GL/2 [2]
ns ns ns ns
Current PCL coordinates
and current CAP [3]
ns ns ns ns
Enter PCL Mode ?%#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Programming hints
Display Functions
On ?Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Off ?Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
End-of-line Wrap ?&s#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PCL 5 color commands
Assign Color Index ?*v#I ns ns ns ns
Color Component 1 ?*v#A ns ns ns ns
Color Component 2 ?*v#B ns ns ns ns
Color Component 3 ?*v#C ns ns ns ns
Color Lookup Tables ?*l#W[data] ns ns ns ns
Configure Image Data ?*v#W[data] ns ns ns ns
Download Dither Matrix ?*m#W ns ns ns ns
Driver Function
Configuration
?*o3W643 ns ns ns ns
?*o3W646 ns ns ns ns
?*o3W647 ns ns ns ns
Foreground Color ?*v#S ns ns ns ns
Gamma Correction ?*t#I ns ns ns ns
Monochrome Print Mode ?&b#M ns ns ns ns
Palette Control ID ?&p#I ns ns ns ns
Palette Control ?&p#C ns ns ns ns
Push/Pop Palette ?*p#P ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
4100
series
LaserJet
4100mfp
series
LaserJet
4200
series
LaserJet
4300
series
ENWW 27
PCL 5 color commands (continued)
Render Algorithm ?*t#J
Range: 0 – 8 ns ns ns ns
Range: 9 – 10 ns ns ns ns
Range: 11 – 14 ns ns ns ns
Range: 15 – 19 ns ns ns ns
Select Palette ?&p#S ns ns ns ns
Set Viewing Illuminant ?*i#W[data] ns ns ns ns
Simple Color ?*r#U ns ns ns ns
HP-GL/2 graphics*
Advance Full Page PG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Bezier BR, BZ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Begin Plot BP ns ns ns ns
Chord Tolerance Mode CT ns ns ns ns
(Relative) Color Range CR ns ns ns ns
Download Character DL ns ns ns ns
Fill Type FT
Odd/Even ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Non-Zero Winding ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Frame Advance FR ns ns ns ns
Label origin LO
1-9 / 11-19 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Media Type MT ns ns ns ns
Merge Control MC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Pens NP ns ns ns ns
Output Error OE ns ns ns ns
Output Hardcopy Limits OH ns ns ns ns
Output Identification OI ns ns ns ns
Output P1 and P2 OP ns ns ns ns
Output Status OS ns ns ns ns
Pen Color Assignment PC ns ns ns ns
Pixel Placement PP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Plot Size PS ns ns ns ns
Quality Level QL ns ns ns ns
Replot RP ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
* HP-GL/2: Commands are listed in Appendix A of the PCL 5 Comparison Guide except as shown in the following cells.
Table 3. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
4100
series
LaserJet
4100mfp
series
LaserJet
4200
series
LaserJet
4300
series
28 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
Miscellaneous
Configuration (AppleTalk) ?&b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Job control
Universal Exit/Start of PJL
(UEL)
?%–12345X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Reset ?E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Copies ?&l#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Simplex/Duplex Print ?&l#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Left (Long-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top (Short-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Unit Of Measure ?&u#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mechanical Print Quality ?*o#Q ns ns ns ns
Media Type ?&l#M ✓ ns ns ns
Negative Motion ?&a#N ns ns ns ns
Self-Test ?z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper Type ?&n5WdBond ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdPlain ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdColor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdRough ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdHeavy ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdGloss ns ns ns ns
?&n7WdLabels ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n7WdVellum ✓ ns ns ns
?&n8WdDefault ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n9WdRecycled ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdLetterhead ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdCard Stock ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n10WdCardstock ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPrepunched ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPreprinted ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n13WdTransparency ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n#WdCustomType1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
1 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace “#” with the number
of characters in the name plus 1.
ENWW 29
Page control
Page (Job) Size ?&l#A
Executive [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Letter [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Legal [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Ledger [6] ns ns ns ns
JISExec (Foolscap) [10]
A5 [25] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A4 [26] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A3 [27] ns ns ns ns
JIS B5 Paper [45]1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
JIS B4 Paper [46] ✓ ns ns ns
Monarch Envelope [80] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Com-10 Envelope [81] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. DL Envelope [90] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. C5 Envelope [91] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. B5 Envelope [100] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Custom [101] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Hagaki Postcard [71] ns ns ns ns
Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard [72]
ns ns ns ns
Orientation ?&l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Page Side Selection2 ?&a#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Job Separation ?&l1T ns ns ns ns
Finish Mode ?&b#F ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
30 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Page control (continued)
Paper (Media) Source ?&l#H
In Tray (current tray)[0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1st Cassette
(Main paper source) [1]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Multipurpose Tray [4] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
2nd Cassette (Opt.
Source) [5]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Envelope Feeder [6] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Auto Select [7] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
3rd Cassette[8] ✓ ns ns ns
HCI Trays 2-21 [20-39] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Output (Media) Bin ?&l#G
Automatic [0] ns ns ns ns
Destination Tray 1 [1] ns ✓ ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 2 [2] ns ✓ ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 3 [3] ns ns ns ns
Print Direction ?&a#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Text Path Dir. ?&c#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Left Margin ?&a#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Right Margin ?&a#M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Clear Horizontal Margins ?9 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top Margin ?&l#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Length ?&l#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Perforation Skip ?&l#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Horizontal Motion Index ?&k#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Motion Index ?&l#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Spacing ?&l#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Alphanumeric ID (Media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID ?&n#W[operation] [string] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
ENWW 31
Cursor positioning
Horizontal Position ?&a#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Position ?&a#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Half Line Feed ?= ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Termination ?&k#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Position ?&f#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font selection
The Primary font printer commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing the left
parenthesis “(” in the command with a right parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set [Primary] ?(ID ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Spacing [Primary] ?(s#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pitch [Primary] ?(s#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Height [Primary] ?(s#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Style [Primary] ?(s#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Stroke Weight [Primary] ?(s#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Typeface [Primary] ?(s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Selection By ID #
[Primary]
?(#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Default Font
[Primary]
?(3@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Underline ?&d#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&d@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transparent Print Data ?&p#X[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Parsing Method ?&t#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font management
Assign Font ID # ?*c#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Control ?*c#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined symbol set
Symbol Set ID Code ?*c#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Define Symbol Set ?(f#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Control ?*c#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
32 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Soft font creation
Font Descriptor ?)s#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Code ?*c#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character ?(s#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Macros
Macro ID ?&f#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Macro Control ?&f#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Print model imaging
Source Transparency
Mode
?*v#N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern Transparency
Mode
?*v#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Area Fill (Pattern) ID ?*c#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Current Pattern ?*v#T
Solid Black [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Solid White [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP Shading Pattern [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3]
(HP-hatch Pattern)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Logical Operation ?*l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pixel Placement ?*l#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined pattern
Define (Download) Pattern ?*c#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Pattern Reference
Point
?*p#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern
Control
?*c#Q ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
ENWW 33
Raster graphics
Raster Resolution ?*t#R
75 Dots per
inch (dpi) [75]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
100 dpi [100] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
150 dpi [150] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
200 dpi [200]1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
300 dpi [300] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
600 dpi [600]1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Graphics Presentation ?*r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Source] ?*r#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Destination] ?*t#V ns ns ns ns
Raster Width [Source] ?*r#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width [Destination] ?*t#H ns ns ns ns
Scale Algorithm ?*t#K ns ns ns ns
Start Raster Graphics ?*r#A
At logical page left
limit [0]
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At logical page left limit,
with scaling ON [2]
ns ns ns ns
At CAP, with
scaling ON [3]
ns ns ns ns
Y Offset ?*b#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Compression Mode ?*b#M
Unencoded [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Run-Length Encoded [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
TIFF Encoded [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Delta Row Encoded [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mode 5 Adaptive [5] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Replacement Delta
Row [9]
ns ns ns ns
Transfer Raster (Row/
Block)
?*b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transfer Raster (Plane) ?*b#V[data] ns ns ns ns
End Graphics
Version B ?*rB ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Version C (Preferred) ?*rC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
1 Supported if the printer resolution is 600 dpi.
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
34 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Rectangular area fill
Horizontal Rectangle Size ?*c#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Rectangle Size ?*c#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) ?*c#G
1-100 for Shading ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1-6 for Cross-hatch ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
0-32767 for User-defined ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Fill Rectangle Area ?*c#P
Black (solid) [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
(Solid) White (erase) [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Shaded (gray) [2] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current Pattern [5] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Status readback
Set Status Readback
Location Type
?*s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Status Readback
Location Unit
?*s#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Inquire Status Readback
Entity
?*s#I ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Free Space ?*s1M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Flush All Pages ?&r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Echo ?*s#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
ENWW 35
Picture frame (for vector graphics)
Picture Frame Horiz. Size ?*c#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Picture Frame Vert. Size ?*c#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Picture Frame Anchor
Point
?*c0T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size ?*c#K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size ?*c#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Enter HP-GL/2 ?%#B
Standalone plotter [-1] ns ns ns ns
Previous HP-GL [0] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL coordinates
and old HP-GL/2 [2]
ns ns ns ns
Current PCL coordinates
and current CAP [3]
ns ns ns ns
Enter PCL Mode ?%#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Programming hints
Display Functions
On ?Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Off ?Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
End-of-line Wrap ?&s#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PCL 5 color commands
Assign Color Index ?*v#I ns ns ns ns
Color Component 1 ?*v#A ns ns ns ns
Color Component 2 ?*v#B ns ns ns ns
Color Component 3 ?*v#C ns ns ns ns
Color Lookup Tables ?*l#W[data] ns ns ns ns
Configure Image Data ?*v#W[data] ns ns ns ns
Download Dither Matrix ?*m#W ns ns ns ns
Driver Function
Configuration
?*o3W643 ns ns ns ns
?*o3W646 ns ns ns ns
?*o3W647 ns ns ns ns
Foreground Color ?*v#S ns ns ns ns
Gamma Correction ?*t#I ns ns ns ns
Monochrome Print Mode ?&b#M ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
36 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
PCL 5 color commands (continued)
Palette Control ID ?&p#I ns ns ns ns
Palette Control ?&p#C ns ns ns ns
Push/Pop Palette ?*p#P ns ns ns ns
Render Algorithm ?*t#J
Range: 0 – 8 ns ns ns ns
Range: 9 – 10 ns ns ns ns
Range: 11 – 14 ns ns ns ns
Range: 15 – 19 ns ns ns ns
Select Palette ?&p#S ns ns ns ns
Set Viewing Illuminant ?*i#W[data] ns ns ns ns
Simple Color ?*r#U ns ns ns ns
HP-GL/2 graphics*
Advance Full Page PG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Bezier BR, BZ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Begin Plot BP ns ns ns ns
Chord Tolerance Mode CT ns ns ns ns
(Relative) Color Range CR ns ns ns ns
Download Character DL ns ns ns ns
Fill Type FT
Odd/Even ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Non-Zero Winding ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Frame Advance FR ns ns ns ns
Label origin LO
1-9 / 11-19 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Media Type MT ns ns ns ns
Merge Control MC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Pens NP ns ns ns ns
Output Error OE ns ns ns ns
Output Hardcopy Limits OH ns ns ns ns
Output Identification OI ns ns ns ns
Output P1 and P2 OP ns ns ns ns
Output Status OS ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
* HP-GL/2: Commands are listed in Appendix A of the PCL 5 Comparison Guide except as shown in
the following cells.
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
ENWW 37
HP-GL/2 graphics* (continued)
Pen Color Assignment PC ns ns ns ns
Pixel Placement PP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Plot Size PS ns ns ns ns
Quality Level QL ns ns ns ns
Replot RP ns ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that the specific
support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your product.
* HP-GL/2: Commands are listed in Appendix A of the PCL 5 Comparison Guide except as shown in
the following cells.
Table 4. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
5100
series
LaserJet
8150
series
LaserJet
9000
series
LaserJet
9000mfp
series
38 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products
Functions Commands LaserJet
3200mfp
series
LaserJet
3300mfp
series
Miscellaneous
Configuration (AppleTalk) ?&b#W[data] ✓ ✓
Job control
Universal Exit/Start of PJL
(UEL)
?%–12345X ✓ ✓
Reset ?E ✓ ✓
Number of Copies ?&l#X ✓ ✓
Simplex/Duplex Print ?&l#S ✓ ✓
Left (Long-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#U ✓ ✓
Top (Short-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#Z ✓ ✓
Unit Of Measure ?&u#D ✓ ✓
Mechanical Print Quality ?*o#Q ns ns
Media Type ?&l#M ns ns
Negative Motion ?&a#N ns ns
Self-Test ?z ✓ ✓
Paper Type ?&n5WdBond ns ns
?&n6WdPlain ns ns
?&n6WdColor ns ns
?&n6WdRough ns ns
?&n6WdHeavy ns ns
?&n6WdGloss ns ns
?&n7WdLabels ns ns
?&n7WdVellum ns ns
?&n8WdDefault ns ns
?&n9WdRecycled ns ns
?&n11WdLetterhead ns ns
?&n11WdCard Stock ns ns
?&n10WdCardstock ns ns
?&n11WdPrepunched ns ns
?&n11WdPreprinted ns ns
?&n13WdTransparency ns ns
?&n#WdCustomType1 ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not
supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and
commands on your product.
1 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and
replace “#” with the number of characters in the name plus 1.
ENWW 39
Page control
Page (Job) Size ?&l#A
Executive [1] ✓ ✓
Letter [2] ✓ ✓
Legal [3] ✓ ✓
Ledger [6] ns ns
JISExec (Foolscap) [10] ✓ ✓
A5 [25] ✓ ✓
A4 [26] ✓ ✓
A3 [27] ns ns
JIS B5 Paper [45]1 ✓ ✓
JIS B4 Paper [46] ns ns
Monarch Envelope [80] ✓ ✓
Com-10 Envelope [81] ✓ ✓
Intl. DL Envelope [90] ✓ ✓
Intl. C5 Envelope [91] ✓ ✓
Intl. B5 Envelope [100] ✓ ✓
Custom [101] ✓ ✓
Hagaki Postcard [71] ✓ ✓
Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard [72]
✓ ✓
Orientation ?&l#O ✓ ✓
Page Side Selection2 ?&a#G ✓ ✓
Job Separation ?&l1T ns ns
Finish Mode ?&b#F ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not
supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and
commands on your product.
1 Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS)
2 On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
3200mfp
series
LaserJet
3300mfp
series
40 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Page control (continued)
Paper (Media) Source ?&l#H
In Tray (current tray)[0] ✓ ✓
1st Cassette
(Main paper source) [1]
✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [2] ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [3] ✓ ✓
Multipurpose Tray [4] ✓ ✓
2nd Cassette (Opt.
Source) [5]
✓ ✓
Envelope Feeder [6] ✓ ✓
Auto Select [7] ✓ ✓
3rd Cassette[8] ✓ ✓
HCI Trays 2-21 [20-39] ns ns
Output (Media) Bin ?&l#G
Automatic [0] ns ns
Destination Tray 1 [1] ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 2 [2] ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 3 [3] ns ns
Print Direction ?&a#P ✓ ✓
Character Text Path Dir. ?&c#T ✓ ✓
Left Margin ?&a#L ✓ ✓
Right Margin ?&a#M ✓ ✓
Clear Horizontal Margins ?9 ✓ ✓
Top Margin ?&l#E ✓ ✓
Text Length ?&l#F ✓ ✓
Perforation Skip ?&l#L ✓ ✓
Horizontal Motion Index ?&k#H ✓ ✓
Vertical Motion Index ?&l#C ✓ ✓
Line Spacing ?&l#D ✓ ✓
Alphanumeric ID (media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID ?&n#W[operation] [string] ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not
supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and
commands on your product.
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
3200mfp
series
LaserJet
3300mfp
series
ENWW 41
Cursor positioning
Horizontal Position ?&a#C ✓ ✓
?*p#X ✓ ✓
?&a#H ✓ ✓
Vertical Position ?&a#R ✓ ✓
?*p#Y ✓ ✓
?&a#V ✓ ✓
Half Line Feed ?= ✓ ✓
Line Termination ?&k#G ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Position ?&f#S ✓ ✓
Font selection
The Primary font printer commands in this table can be changed to Secondary
by replacing the left parenthesis “(” in the command with a right parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set [Primary] ?(ID ✓ ✓
Spacing [Primary] ?(s#P ✓ ✓
Pitch [Primary] ?(s#H ✓ ✓
Height [Primary] ?(s#V ✓ ✓
Style [Primary] ?(s#S ✓ ✓
Stroke Weight [Primary] ?(s#B ✓ ✓
Typeface [Primary] ?(s#T ✓ ✓
Font Selection By ID #
[Primary]
?(#X ✓ ✓
Select Default Font
[Primary]
?(3@ ✓ ✓
Underline ?&d#D ✓ ✓
?&d@ ✓ ✓
Transparent Print Data ?&p#X[data] ✓ ✓
Text Parsing Method ?&t#P ✓ ✓
Font management
Assign Font ID # ?*c#D ✓ ✓
Font Control ?*c#F ✓ ✓
User-defined symbol set
Symbol Set ID Code ?*c#R ✓ ✓
Define Symbol Set ?(f#W[data] ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Control ?*c#S ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not
supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and
commands on your product.
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
3200mfp
series
LaserJet
3300mfp
series
42 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Soft font creation
Font Descriptor ?)s#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535
Character Code ?*c#E ✓ ✓
Download Character ?(s#W[data] ✓ ✓
Macros
Macro ID ?&f#Y ✓ ✓
Macro Control ?&f#X ✓ ✓
Print model imaging
Source Transparency
Mode
?*v#N ✓ ✓
Pattern Transparency
Mode
?*v#O ✓ ✓
Area Fill (Pattern) ID ?*c#G ✓ ✓
Select Current Pattern ?*v#T
Solid Black [0] ✓ ✓
Solid White [1] ✓ ✓
HP Shading Pattern [2] ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3]
(HP-hatch Pattern)
✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓
Logical Operation ?*l#O ✓ ✓
Pixel Placement ?*l#R ✓ ✓
User-defined pattern
Define (Download) Pattern ?*c#W[data] ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535
Set Pattern Reference
Point
?*p#R ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern
Control
?*c#Q ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not
supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and
commands on your product.
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
3200mfp
series
LaserJet
3300mfp
series
ENWW 43
Raster graphics
Raster Resolution ?*t#R
75 Dots per
inch (dpi) [75]
✓ ✓
100 dpi [100] ✓ ✓
150 dpi [150] ✓ ✓
200 dpi [200]1 ✓ ✓
300 dpi [300] ✓ ✓
600 dpi [600]1 ✓ ✓
Graphics Presentation ?*r#F ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Source] ?*r#T ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Destination] ?*t#V ns ns
Raster Width [Source] ?*r#S ✓ ✓
Raster Width [Destination] ?*t#H ns ns
Scale Algorithm ?*t#K ns ns
Start Raster Graphics ?*r#A
At logical page left
limit [0]
✓ ✓
At CAP [1] ✓ ✓
At logical page left limit,
with scaling ON [2]
ns ns
At CAP, with
scaling ON [3]
ns ns
Y Offset ?*b#Y ✓ ✓
Set Compression Mode ?*b#M
Unencoded [0] ✓ ✓
Run-Length Encoded [1] ✓ ✓
TIFF Encoded [2] ✓ ✓
Delta Row Encoded [3] ✓ ✓
Mode 5 Adaptive [5] ✓ ✓
Replacement Delta
Row [9]
ns ns
Transfer Raster (Row/
Block)
?*b#W[data] ✓ ✓
Transfer Raster (Plane) ?*b#V[data] ✓ ✓
End Graphics
Version B ?*rB ✓ ✓
Version C (Preferred) ?*rC ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not
supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and
commands on your product.
1 Supported if the printer resolution is 600 dpi.
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
3200mfp
series
LaserJet
3300mfp
series
44 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Rectangular area fill
Horizontal Rectangle Size ?*c#A ✓ ✓
?*c#H ✓ ✓
Vertical Rectangle Size ?*c#B ✓ ✓
?*c#V ✓ ✓
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) ?*c#G
1-100 for Shading ✓ ✓
1-6 for Cross-hatch ✓ ✓
0-32767 for User-defined ✓ ✓
Fill Rectangle Area ?*c#P
Black (solid) [0] ✓ ✓
(Solid) White (erase) [1] ✓ ✓
Shaded (gray) [2] ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3] ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓
Current Pattern [5] ✓ ✓
Status readback
Set Status Readback
Location Type
?*s#T
Set Status Readback
Location Unit
?*s#U ✓ ✓
Inquire Status Readback
Entity
?*s#I ✓ ✓
Free Space ?*s1M ✓ ✓
Flush All Pages ?&r#F ✓ ✓
Echo ?*s#X ✓ ✓
Picture frame for vector graphics
Picture Frame Horiz. Size ?*c#X ✓ ✓
Picture Frame Vert. Size ?*c#Y ✓ ✓
Set Picture Frame Anchor
Point
?*c0T ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size ?*c#K ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size ?*c#L ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not
supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and
commands on your product.
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
3200mfp
series
LaserJet
3300mfp
series
ENWW 45
Picture frame for vector graphics (continued)
Enter HP-GL/2 ?%#B
Standalone plotter [-1] ns ns
Previous HP-GL [0] ✓ ✓
Current PCL CAP [1] ✓ ✓
Current PCL coordinates
and old HP-GL/2 [2]
ns ns
Current PCL coordinates
and current CAP [3]
ns ns
Enter PCL Mode ?%#A ✓ ✓
Programming hints
Display Functions
On ?Y ✓ ✓
Off ?Z ✓ ✓
End-of-line Wrap ?&s#C ✓ ✓
PCL 5 color commands
Assign Color Index ?*v#I ns ns
Color Component 1 ?*v#A ns ns
Color Component 2 ?*v#B ns ns
Color Component 3 ?*v#C ns ns
Color Lookup Tables ?*l#W[data] ns ns
Configure Image Data ?*v#W[data] ns ns
Download Dither Matrix ?*m#W ns ns
Driver Function
Configuration
?*o3W643 ns ns
?*o3W646 ns ns
?*o3W647 ns ns
Foreground Color ?*v#S ns ns
Gamma Correction ?*t#I ns ns
Monochrome Print Mode ?&b#M ns ns
Palette Control ID ?&p#I ns ns
Palette Control ?&p#C ns ns
Push/Pop Palette ?*p#P ns ns
Render Algorithm ?*t#J
Range: 0 – 8 ns ns
Range: 9 – 10 ns ns
Range: 11 – 14 ns ns
Range: 15 – 19 ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not
supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and
commands on your product.
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
3200mfp
series
LaserJet
3300mfp
series
46 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
PCL 5 color commands (continued)
Select Palette ?&p#S ns ns
Set Viewing Illuminant ?*i#W[data] ns ns
Simple Color ?*r#U ns ns
HP-GL/2 graphics*
Advance Full Page PG ✓ ✓
Bezier BR, BZ ✓ ✓
Begin Plot BP ns ns
Chord Tolerance Mode CT ns ns
(Relative) Color Range CR ns ns
Download Character DL ns ns
Fill Type FT
Odd/Even ✓ ✓
Non-Zero Winding ✓ ✓
Frame Advance FR ns ns
Label origin LO
1-9 / 11-19 ✓ ✓
21 ✓ ✓
Media Type MT ns ns
Merge Control MC ✓ ✓
Number of Pens NP ns ns
Output Error OE ns ns
Output Hardcopy Limits OH ns ns
Output Identification OI ns ns
Output P1 and P2 OP ns ns
Output Status OS ns ns
Pen Color Assignment PC ns ns
Pixel Placement PP ✓ ✓
Plot Size PS ns ns
Quality Level QL ns ns
Replot RP ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not
supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To
ensure that the specific support information is correct, test these functions and
commands on your product.
* HP-GL/2: Commands are listed in Appendix A of the PCL 5 Comparison
Guide except as shown in the following cells.
Table 5. PCL 5 feature support for LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands LaserJet
3200mfp
series
LaserJet
3300mfp
series
ENWW 47
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
Miscellaneous
Configuration (AppleTalk) ?&b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Job control
Universal Exit/Start of PJL
(UEL)
?%–12345X ✓ ✓ ✓
Reset ?E ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Copies ?&l#X ✓ ✓ ✓
Simplex/Duplex Print ?&l#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Left (Long-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#U ✓ ✓ ✓
Top (Short-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#Z ✓ ✓ ✓
Unit Of Measure ?&u#D ✓ ✓ ✓
Mechanical Print Quality ?*o#Q ns ns ns
Media Type ?&l#M ns ns ns
Negative Motion ?&a#N ns ns ns
Self-Test ?z ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper Type ?&n5WdBond ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdPlain ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdColor ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdRough ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdHeavy ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdGloss ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n7WdLabels ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n7WdVellum ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n8WdDefault ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n9WdRecycled ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdLetterhead ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdCard Stock ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n10WdCardstock ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPrepunched ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPreprinted ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n13WdTransparency ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n#WdCustomType1 ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
1 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace “#” with
the number of characters in the name plus 1.
48 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Page control
Page (Job) Size ?&l#A
Executive [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
Letter [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Legal [3] ✓ ✓ ✓
Ledger [6] ns ns ns
JISExec (Foolscap) [10]
A5 [25] ✓ ✓ ✓
A4 [26] ✓ ✓ ✓
A3 [27] ns ns ns
JIS B5 Paper [45]1 ✓ ✓ ✓
JIS B4 Paper [46] ✓ ✓ ✓
Monarch Envelope [80] ✓ ✓ ✓
Com-10 Envelope [81] ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. DL Envelope [90] ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. C5 Envelope [91] ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. B5 Envelope [100] ✓ ✓ ✓
Custom [101] ✓ ✓ ✓
Hagaki Postcard [71] ✓ ✓ ✓
Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard [72]
✓ ✓ ✓
Orientation ?&l#O ✓ ✓ ✓
Page Side Selection2 ?&a#G ✓ ✓ ✓
Job Separation ?&l1T ns ns ns
Finish Mode ?&b#F ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
1 Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS)
2 On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
ENWW 49
Page control (continued)
Paper (Media) Source ?&l#H
In Tray (current tray)[0] ✓ ✓ ✓
1st Cassette
(Main paper source) [1]
✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [3] ns ns ns
Multipurpose Tray [4] ✓ ✓ ✓
2nd Cassette (Opt.
Source) [5]
✓ ✓ ✓
Envelope Feeder [6] ns ns ns
Auto Select [7] ✓ ✓ ✓
3rd Cassette[8] ✓ ✓ ✓
HCI Trays 2-21 [20-39] ✓ ✓ ✓
Output (Media) Bin ?&l#G
Automatic [0] ns ns ns
Destination Tray 1 [1] ns ns ns
Destination Tray 2 [2] ns ns ns
Destination Tray 3 [3] ns ns ns
Print Direction ?&a#P ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Text Path Dir. ?&c#T ✓ ✓ ✓
Left Margin ?&a#L ✓ ✓ ✓
Right Margin ?&a#M ✓ ✓ ✓
Clear Horizontal Margins ?9 ✓ ✓ ✓
Top Margin ?&l#E ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Length ?&l#F ✓ ✓ ✓
Perforation Skip ?&l#L ✓ ✓ ✓
Horizontal Motion Index ?&k#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Motion Index ?&l#C ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Spacing ?&l#D ✓ ✓ ✓
Alphanumeric ID (media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID ?&n#W[operation] [string] ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
50 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Cursor positioning
Horizontal Position ?&a#C ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#X ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Position ?&a#R ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#Y ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#V ✓ ✓ ✓
Half Line Feed ?= ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Termination ?&k#G ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Position ?&f#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Font selection
The Primary font printer commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing
the left parenthesis “(” in the command with a right parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set [Primary] ?(ID ✓ ✓ ✓
Spacing [Primary] ?(s#P ✓ ✓ ✓
Pitch [Primary] ?(s#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Height [Primary] ?(s#V ✓ ✓ ✓
Style [Primary] ?(s#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Stroke Weight [Primary] ?(s#B ✓ ✓ ✓
Typeface [Primary] ?(s#T ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Selection By ID #
[Primary]
?(#X ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Default Font
[Primary]
?(3@ ✓ ✓ ✓
Underline ?&d#D ✓ ✓ ✓
?&d@ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transparent Print Data ?&p#X[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Parsing Method ?&t#P ✓ ✓ ✓
Font management
Assign Font ID # ?*c#D ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Control ?*c#F ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined symbol set
Symbol Set ID Code ?*c#R ✓ ✓ ✓
Define Symbol Set ?(f#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Control ?*c#S ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
ENWW 51
Soft font creation
Font Descriptor ?)s#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535
Character Code ?*c#E ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character ?(s#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Macros
Macro ID ?&f#Y ✓ ✓ ✓
Macro Control ?&f#X ✓ ✓ ✓
Print model imaging
Source Transparency
Mode
?*v#N ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern Transparency
Mode
?*v#O ✓ ✓ ✓
Area Fill (Pattern) ID ?*c#G ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Current Pattern ?*v#T
Solid Black [0] ✓ ✓ ✓
Solid White [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
HP Shading Pattern [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3]
(HP-hatch Pattern)
✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓
Logical Operation ?*l#O ✓ ✓ ✓
Pixel Placement ?*l#R ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined pattern
Define (Download) Pattern ?*c#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535
Set Pattern Reference
Point
?*p#R ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern
Control
?*c#Q ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
52 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Raster graphics
Raster Resolution ?*t#R
75 Dots per
inch (dpi) [75]
✓ ✓ ✓
100 dpi [100] ✓ ✓ ✓
150 dpi [150] ✓ ✓ ✓
200 dpi [200]1 ✓ ✓ ✓
300 dpi [300] ✓ ✓ ✓
600 dpi [600]1 ✓ ✓ ✓
Graphics Presentation ?*r#F ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Source] ?*r#T ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Destination] ?*t#V ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width [Source] ?*r#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width [Destination] ?*t#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Scale Algorithm ?*t#K ns ns ns
Start Raster Graphics ?*r#A
At logical page left
limit [0]
✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
At logical page left limit,
with scaling ON [2]
✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP, with
scaling ON [3]
✓ ✓ ✓
Y Offset ?*b#Y ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Compression Mode ?*b#M
Unencoded [0] ✓ ✓ ✓
Run-Length Encoded [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
TIFF Encoded [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Delta Row Encoded [3] ✓ ✓ ✓
Mode 5 Adaptive [5] ✓ ✓ ✓
Replacement Delta
Row [9]
ns ns ns
Transfer Raster (Row/
Block)
?*b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Transfer Raster (Plane) ?*b#V[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
End Graphics
Version B ?*rB ✓ ✓ ✓
Version C (Preferred) ?*rC ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
1 Supported if the printer resolution is 600 dpi.
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
ENWW 53
Rectangular area fill
Horizontal Rectangle Size ?*c#A ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Rectangle Size ?*c#B ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#V ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) ?*c#G
1-100 for Shading ✓ ✓ ✓
1-6 for Cross-hatch ✓ ✓ ✓
0-32767 for User-defined ✓ ✓ ✓
Fill Rectangle Area ?*c#P
Black (solid) [0] ✓ ✓ ✓
(Solid) White (erase) [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
Shaded (gray) [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3] ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓
Current Pattern [5] ✓ ✓ ✓
Status readback
Set Status Readback
Location Type
?*s#T ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Status Readback
Location Unit
?*s#U ✓ ✓ ✓
Inquire Status Readback
Entity
?*s#I ✓ ✓ ✓
Free Space ?*s1M ns ns ns
Flush All Pages ?&r#F ns ns ns
Echo ?*s#X ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
54 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Picture frame (for vector graphics)
Picture Frame Horiz. Size ?*c#X ✓ ✓ ✓
Picture Frame Vert. Size ?*c#Y ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Picture Frame Anchor
Point
?*c0T ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size ?*c#K ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size ?*c#L ✓ ✓ ✓
Enter HP-GL/2 ?%#B
Standalone plotter [-1] ns ns ns
Previous HP-GL [0] ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL coordinates
and old HP-GL/2 [2]
ns ns ns
Current PCL coordinates
and current CAP [3]
ns ns ns
Enter PCL Mode ?%#A ✓ ✓ ✓
Programming hints
Display Functions
On ?Y ✓ ✓ ✓
Off ?Z ✓ ✓ ✓
End-of-line Wrap ?&s#C ✓ ✓ ✓
PCL 5 color commands
Assign Color Index ?*v#I ✓ ✓ ✓
Color Component 1 ?*v#A ✓ ✓ ✓
Color Component 2 ?*v#B ✓ ✓ ✓
Color Component 3 ?*v#C ✓ ✓ ✓
Color Lookup Tables ?*l#W[data] ns ns ns
Configure Image Data ?*v#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Dither Matrix ?*m#W ns ns ns
Driver Function
Configuration
?*o3W643 ✓ ✓ ✓
?*o3W646 ✓ ✓ ✓
?*o3W647 ✓ ✓ ✓
Foreground Color ?*v#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Gamma Correction ?*t#I ns ns ns
Monochrome Print Mode ?&b#M ✓ ✓ ✓
Palette Control ID ?&p#I ✓ ✓ ✓
Palette Control ?&p#C ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Palette ?*p#P ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
ENWW 55
PCL 5 color commands (continued)
Render Algorithm ?*t#J
Range: 0 – 8 0, 3
only
0, 3
only
0, 3
only
Range: 9 – 10 ns ns ns
Range: 11 – 14 ns ns ns
Range: 15 – 19 15, 18
only
15, 18
only
15, 18
only
Select Palette ?&p#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Viewing Illuminant ?*i#W[data] ns ns ns
Simple Color ?*r#U ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 graphics*
Advance Full Page PG ns ns ns
Bezier BR, BZ ✓ ✓ ✓
Begin Plot BP ns ns ns
Chord Tolerance Mode CT ns ns ns
(Relative) Color Range CR ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character DL ns ns ns
Fill Type FT
Odd/Even ✓ ✓ ✓
Non-Zero Winding ✓ ✓ ✓
Frame Advance FR ns ns ns
Label origin LO
1-9 / 11-19 ✓ ✓ ✓
21 ✓ ✓ ✓
Media Type MT ns ns ns
Merge Control MC ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Pens NP ✓ ✓ ✓
Output Error OE ns ns ns
Output Hardcopy Limits OH ns ns ns
Output Identification OI ns ns ns
Output P1 and P2 OP ns ns ns
Output Status OS ns ns ns
Pen Color Assignment PC ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
* HP-GL/2: Commands are listed in Appendix A of the PCL 5 Comparison Guide except as
shown in the following cells.
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
56 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
HP-GL/2 graphics* (continued)
Pixel Placement PP ✓ ✓ ✓
Plot Size PS ns ns ns
Quality Level QL ns ns ns
Replot RP ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
* HP-GL/2: Commands are listed in Appendix A of the PCL 5 Comparison Guide except as
shown in the following cells.
Table 6. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
2500
series
color
LaserJet
4550
series
color
LaserJet
4600
series
ENWW 57
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
Miscellaneous
Configuration (AppleTalk) ?&b#W[data] ns ns ns
Job control
Universal Exit/Start of PJL
(UEL)
?%–12345X ✓ ✓ ✓
Reset ?E ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Copies ?&l#X ✓ ✓ ✓
Simplex/Duplex Print ?&l#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Left (Long-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#U ✓ ✓ ✓
Top (Short-edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#Z ✓ ✓ ✓
Unit Of Measure ?&u#D ✓ ✓ ✓
Mechanical Print Quality ?*o#Q ns ns ns
Media Type ?&l#M ✓ ✓ ✓
Negative Motion ?&a#N ns ns ns
Self-Test ?z ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper Type ?&n5WdBond ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdPlain ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdColor ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdRough ns ns ns
?&n6WdHeavy ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdGloss ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n7WdLabels ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n7WdVellum ns ns ns
?&n8WdDefault ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n9WdRecycled ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdLetterhead ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdCard Stock ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n10WdCardstock ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPrepunched ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPreprinted ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n13WdTransparency ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n#WdCustomType1 ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
1 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace “#” with
the number of characters in the name plus 1.
58 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Page control
Page (Job) Size ?&l#A
Executive [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
Letter [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Legal [3] ✓ ✓ ✓
Ledger [6] ✓ ✓ ✓
JISExec (Foolscap) [10]
A5 [25] ✓ ✓ ✓
A4 [26] ✓ ✓ ✓
A3 [27] ✓ ✓ ✓
JIS B5 Paper [45]1 ✓ ✓ ✓
JIS B4 Paper [46] ✓ ✓ ✓
Monarch Envelope [80] ✓ ✓ ✓
Com-10 Envelope [81] ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. DL Envelope [90] ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. C5 Envelope [91] ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. B5 Envelope [100] ✓ ✓ ✓
Custom [101] ✓ ✓ ✓
Hagaki Postcard [71] ns ns ns
Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard [72]
ns ns ns
Orientation ?&l#O ✓ ✓ ✓
Page Side Selection2 ?&a#G ✓ ✓ ✓
Job Separation ?&l1T ns ns ns
Finish Mode ?&b#F ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
1 Japanese Industrial Standard (JIS)
2 On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
ENWW 59
Page control (continued)
Paper (Media) Source ?&l#H
In Tray (current tray)[0] ✓ ✓ ✓
1st Cassette
(Main paper source) [1]
✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray [3] ✓ ✓ ✓
Multipurpose Tray [4] ✓ ✓ ✓
2nd Cassette (Opt.
Source) [5]
✓ ✓ ✓
Envelope Feeder [6] ✓ ✓ ✓
Auto Select [7] ✓ ✓ ✓
3rd Cassette[8] ✓ ✓ ✓
HCI Trays 2-21 [20-39] ✓ ✓ ✓
Output (Media) Bin ?&l#G
Automatic [0] ns ns ns
Destination Tray 1 [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 2 [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 3 [3] ns ns ns
Print Direction ?&a#P ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Text Path Dir. ?&c#T ✓ ✓ ✓
Left Margin ?&a#L ✓ ✓ ✓
Right Margin ?&a#M ✓ ✓ ✓
Clear Horizontal Margins ?9 ✓ ✓ ✓
Top Margin ?&l#E ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Length ?&l#F ✓ ✓ ✓
Perforation Skip ?&l#L ✓ ✓ ✓
Horizontal Motion Index ?&k#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Motion Index ?&l#C ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Spacing ?&l#D ✓ ✓ ✓
Alphanumeric ID (media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID ?&n#W[operation] [string] ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
60 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Cursor positioning
Horizontal Position ?&a#C ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#X ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Position ?&a#R ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#Y ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#V ✓ ✓ ✓
Half Line Feed ?= ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Termination ?&k#G ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Position ?&f#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Font selection
The Primary font printer commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing
the left parenthesis “(” in the command with a right parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set [Primary] ?(ID ✓ ✓ ✓
Spacing [Primary] ?(s#P ✓ ✓ ✓
Pitch [Primary] ?(s#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Height [Primary] ?(s#V ✓ ✓ ✓
Style [Primary] ?(s#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Stroke Weight [Primary] ?(s#B ✓ ✓ ✓
Typeface [Primary] ?(s#T ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Selection By ID #
[Primary]
?(#X ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Default Font
[Primary]
?(3@ ✓ ✓ ✓
Underline ?&d#D ✓ ✓ ✓
?&d@ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transparent Print Data ?&p#X[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Parsing Method ?&t#P ✓ ✓ ✓
Font management
Assign Font ID # ?*c#D ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Control ?*c#F ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined symbol set
Symbol Set ID Code ?*c#R ✓ ✓ ✓
Define Symbol Set ?(f#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Control ?*c#S ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
ENWW 61
Soft font creation
Font Descriptor ?)s#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ns ns ns
Character Code ?*c#E ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character ?(s#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Macros
Macro ID ?&f#Y ✓ ✓ ✓
Macro Control ?&f#X ✓ ✓ ✓
Print model imaging
Source Transparency
Mode
?*v#N ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern Transparency
Mode
?*v#O ✓ ✓ ✓
Area Fill (Pattern) ID ?*c#G ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Current Pattern ?*v#T
Solid Black [0] ✓ ✓ ✓
Solid White [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
HP Shading Pattern [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3]
(HP-hatch Pattern)
✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓
Logical Operation ?*l#O ✓ ✓ ✓
Pixel Placement ?*l#R ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined pattern
Define (Download) Pattern ?*c#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ns ns ns
Set Pattern Reference
Point
?*p#R ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern
Control
?*c#Q ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
62 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Raster graphics
Raster Resolution ?*t#R
75 Dots per
inch (dpi) [75]
✓ ✓ ✓
100 dpi [100] ✓ ✓ ✓
150 dpi [150] ✓ ✓ ✓
200 dpi [200]1 ✓ ✓ ✓
300 dpi [300] ✓ ✓ ✓
600 dpi [600]1 ✓ ✓ ✓
Graphics Presentation ?*r#F ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Source] ?*r#T ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height [Destination] ?*t#V ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width [Source] ?*r#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width [Destination] ?*t#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Scale Algorithm ?*t#K ✓ ✓ ✓
Start Raster Graphics ?*r#A
At logical page left
limit [0]
✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
At logical page left limit,
with scaling ON [2]
✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP, with
scaling ON [3]
✓ ✓ ✓
Y Offset ?*b#Y ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Compression Mode ?*b#M
Unencoded [0] ✓ ✓ ✓
Run-Length Encoded [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
TIFF Encoded [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Delta Row Encoded [3] ✓ ✓ ✓
Mode 5 Adaptive [5] ✓ ✓ ✓
Replacement Delta
Row [9]
ns ns ns
Transfer Raster (Row/
Block)
?*b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Transfer Raster (Plane) ?*b#V[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
End Graphics
Version B ?*rB ✓ ✓ ✓
Version C (Preferred) ?*rC ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
1 Supported if the printer resolution is 600 dpi.
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
ENWW 63
Rectangular area fill
Horizontal Rectangle Size ?*c#A ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#H ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Rectangle Size ?*c#B ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#V ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) ?*c#G
1-100 for Shading ✓ ✓ ✓
1-6 for Cross-hatch ✓ ✓ ✓
0-32767 for User-defined ✓ ✓ ✓
Fill Rectangle Area ?*c#P
Black (solid) [0] ✓ ✓ ✓
(Solid) White (erase) [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
Shaded (gray) [2] ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern [3] ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern [4] ✓ ✓ ✓
Current Pattern [5] ✓ ✓ ✓
Status readback
Set Status Readback
Location Type
?*s#T ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Status Readback
Location Unit
?*s#U ✓ ✓ ✓
Inquire Status Readback
Entity
?*s#I ✓ ✓ ✓
Free Space ?*s1M ✓ ✓ ✓
Flush All Pages ?&r#F ✓ ✓ ✓
Echo ?*s#X ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
64 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
Picture frame (for vector graphics)
Picture Frame Horiz. Size ?*c#X ✓ ✓ ✓
Picture Frame Vert. Size ?*c#Y ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Picture Frame Anchor
Point
?*c0T ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size ?*c#K ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size ?*c#L ✓ ✓ ✓
Enter HP-GL/2 ?%#B
Standalone plotter [-1] ns ns ns
Previous HP-GL [0] ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL CAP [1] ✓ ✓ ✓
Current PCL coordinates
and old HP-GL/2 [2]
ns ns ns
Current PCL coordinates
and current CAP [3]
ns ns ns
Enter PCL Mode ?%#A ✓ ✓ ✓
Programming hints
Display Functions
On ?Y ✓ ✓ ✓
Off ?Z ✓ ✓ ✓
End-of-line Wrap ?&s#C ✓ ✓ ✓
PCL 5 color commands
Assign Color Index ?*v#I ✓ ✓ ✓
Color Component 1 ?*v#A ✓ ✓ ✓
Color Component 2 ?*v#B ✓ ✓ ✓
Color Component 3 ?*v#C ✓ ✓ ✓
Color Lookup Tables ?*l#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Configure Image Data ?*v#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Dither Matrix ?*m#W ✓ ✓ ✓
Driver Function
Configuration
?*o3W643 ns ns ns
?*o3W646 ns ns ns
?*o3W647 ns ns ns
Foreground Color ?*v#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Gamma Correction ?*t#I ✓ ✓ ✓
Monochrome Print Mode ?&b#M ✓ ✓ ✓
Palette Control ID ?&p#I ✓ ✓ ✓
Palette Control ?&p#C ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Palette ?*p#P ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
ENWW 65
PCL 5 color commands (continued)
Render Algorithm ?*t#J
Range: 0 – 8 ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 9 – 10 ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 11 – 14 ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 15 – 19 ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Palette ?&p#S ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Viewing Illuminant ?*i#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓
Simple Color ?*r#U ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 graphics*
Advance Full Page PG ns ns ns
Bezier BR, BZ ✓ ✓ ✓
Begin Plot BP ns ns ns
Chord Tolerance Mode CT ns ns ns
(Relative) Color Range CR ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character DL ns ns ns
Fill Type FT
Odd/Even ✓ ✓ ✓
Non-Zero Winding ✓ ✓ ✓
Frame Advance FR ns ns ns
Label origin LO
1-9 / 11-19 ✓ ✓ ✓
21 ✓ ✓ ✓
Media Type MT ns ns ns
Merge Control MC ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Pens NP ✓ ✓ ✓
Output Error OE ns ns ns
Output Hardcopy Limits OH ns ns ns
Output Identification OI ns ns ns
Output P1 and P2 OP ns ns ns
Output Status OS ns ns ns
Pen Color Assignment PC ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
* HP-GL/2: Commands are listed in Appendix A of the PCL 5 Comparison Guide except as
shown in the following cells.
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
66 Chapter 2 PCL 5 feature support ENWW
HP-GL/2 graphics* (continued)
Pixel Placement PP ✓ ✓ ✓
Plot Size PS ns ns ns
Quality Level QL ns ns ns
Replot RP ns ns ns
✓ – Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
The information contained in this table is subject to change without notice. To ensure that
the specific support information is correct, test these functions and commands on your
product.
* HP-GL/2: Commands are listed in Appendix A of the PCL 5 Comparison Guide except as
shown in the following cells.
Table 7. PCL 5 feature support for color LaserJet products (continued)
Functions Commands color
LaserJet
5500
series
color
LaserJet
8550
series
color
LaserJet
8550mfp
series
ENWW Index 67
Index
A
Advance Full Page command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Alphanumeric ID command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
AppleTalk command support. See Configuration (AppleTalk) command
support 19
Area Fill (Pattern) ID command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 14
LaserJet 1200 series 14
LaserJet 1300 series 14
LaserJet 2200 series 14
LaserJet 2300 series 14
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
Assign Color Index command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
68 Index ENWW
Assign Font ID # command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
B
Begin Plot command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Bezier command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
C
Character Code command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
Character Text Path Direction command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
Chord Tolerance Mode command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
ENWW Index 69
Clear Horizontal Margins command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
Color Component command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 mfp series 26
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Color Lookup Tables command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Color Range command support. See Relative Color Range command
support
commands, conventions for documenting 9
Configuration (AppleTalk) command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4500 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
Configure Image Data command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
cursor positioning command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
70 Index ENWW
D
Define (Download) Pattern command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 14
LaserJet 1200 series 14
LaserJet 1300 series 14
LaserJet 2200 series 14
LaserJet 2300 series 14
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
Define Symbol Set command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Display Functions command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
documentation, related 8
Download Character command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51, 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 51, 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 51, 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 61, 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 61, 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61, 65
LaserJet 1150 series 13, 18
LaserJet 1200 series 13, 18
LaserJet 1300 series 13, 18
LaserJet 2200 series 13, 18
LaserJet 2300 series 13, 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42, 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42, 46
LaserJet 4100 series 23, 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23, 27
LaserJet 4200 series 23, 27
LaserJet 4300 series 23, 27
LaserJet 5100 series 32, 36
LaserJet 8150 series 32, 36
LaserJet 9000 series 32, 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32, 36
Download Dither Matrix command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Driver Function Configuration command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Duplex/Simplex Print command support. See Simplex/Duplex print
command support 10
ENWW Index 71
E
Echo command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4100mfp series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
End Graphics command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
End-Of-Line Wrap command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Enter HP-GL/2 command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Enter PCL Mode command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
F
Fill Rectangle Area command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
72 Index ENWW
Fill Type command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Finish Mode command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 48
color LaserJet 4550 series 48
color LaserJet 4600 series 48
color LaserJet 5500 series 58
color LaserJet 8550 series 58
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 58
LaserJet 1150 series 11
LaserJet 1200 series 11
LaserJet 1300 series 11
LaserJet 2200 series 11
LaserJet 2300 series 11
LaserJet 3200mfp series 39
LaserJet 3300mfp series 39
LaserJet 4100 series 20
LaserJet 4100mfp series 20
LaserJet 4200 series 20
LaserJet 4300 series 20
LaserJet 5100 series 29
LaserJet 8150 series 29
LaserJet 9000 series 29
LaserJet 9000mfp series 29
Flush All Pages command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4100mfp series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
Font Control command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Font Descriptor command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
font management command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
ENWW 73
Font Selection By ID # command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
font selection command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Foreground Color command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Frame Advance command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
Free Space command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4100mfp series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
G
Gamma Correction command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Index
74 ENWW
Graphics Presentation command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
H
Half Line Feed command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Height command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Horizontal Motion Index command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
Horizontal Position command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Horizontal Rectangle Size command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4100mfp series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
HP color LaserJet 4550 series
PCL 5 feature support 47
HP color LaserJet 4600 series
PCL 5 feature support 47
Index
ENWW Index 75
HP color LaserJet 5500 series
PCL 5 feature support 57
HP color LaserJet 8550 series
PCL 5 feature support 57
HP color LaserJet 8550mfp series
PCL 5 feature support 57
HP LaserJet 1150 series
PCL 5 feature support 10
HP LaserJet 1200 series
PCL 5 feature support 10
HP LaserJet 1300 series
PCL 5 feature support 10
HP LaserJet 2200 series
PCL 5 feature support 10
HP LaserJet 2300 series
PCL 5 feature support 10
HP LaserJet 3200mfp series
PCL 5 feature support 38
HP LaserJet 3300mfp series
PCL 5 feature support 38
HP LaserJet 4100 series
PCL 5 feature support 19
HP LaserJet 4100mfp series
PCL 5 feature support 19
HP LaserJet 4200 series
PCL 5 feature support 19
HP LaserJet 4300 series
PCL 5 feature support 19
HP LaserJet 5100 series
PCL 5 feature support 28
HP LaserJet 8150 series
PCL 5 feature support 28
HP LaserJet 9000 series
PCL 5 feature support 28
HP LaserJet 9000mfp series
PCL 5 feature support 28
HP-GL/2 command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55, 56
color LaserJet 4550 series 55, 56
color LaserJet 4600 series 55, 56
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
HP-GL/2 Plot Size command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
I
Inquire Status Readback Entity command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4100mfp series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
J
Job Separation command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 48
color LaserJet 4550 series 48
color LaserJet 4600 series 48
color LaserJet 5500 series 58
color LaserJet 8550 series 58
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 58
LaserJet 1150 series 11
LaserJet 1200 series 11
LaserJet 1300 series 11
LaserJet 2200 series 11
LaserJet 2300 series 11
LaserJet 3200mfp series 39
LaserJet 3300mfp series 39
LaserJet 4100 series 20
LaserJet 4100mfp series 20
LaserJet 4200 series 20
LaserJet 4300 series 20
LaserJet 5100 series 29
LaserJet 8150 series 29
LaserJet 9000 series 29
LaserJet 9000mfp series 29
76 ENWW
L
Label Origin command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
Left (Long-edge) Offset Registration command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
Left Margin command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
legacy products 7
Line Spacing command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
See also Spacing command support
Line Termination command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Logical Operation command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 14
LaserJet 1200 series 14
LaserJet 1300 series 14
LaserJet 2200 series 14
LaserJet 2300 series 14
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
Index
ENWW 77
M
Macro command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
manuals, related 8
margin command support. See Left Margin command support; Right
Margin command support; Top Margin command support
Mechanical Print Quality command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
media output bin command support. See Output (Media) Bin command
support
media size command support. See Page (Job) Size command support
media source command support. See Paper (Media) Source command
support
Media Type command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47, 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 47, 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 47, 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 57, 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 57, 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57, 65
LaserJet 1150 series 10, 18
LaserJet 1200 series 10, 18
LaserJet 1300 series 10, 18
LaserJet 2200 series 10, 18
LaserJet 2300 series 10, 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38, 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38, 46
LaserJet 4100 series 19, 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19, 27
LaserJet 4200 series 19, 27
LaserJet 4300 series 19, 27
LaserJet 5100 series 28, 36
LaserJet 8150 series 28, 36
LaserJet 9000 series 28, 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28, 36
Merge Control command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Monochrome Print Mode command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Index
78 ENWW
N
Negative Motion command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
ns, meaning of 9
Number of Copies command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
Number of Pens command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
O
Orientation command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 48
color LaserJet 4550 series 48
color LaserJet 4600 series 48
color LaserJet 5500 series 58
color LaserJet 8550 series 58
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 58
LaserJet 1150 series 11
LaserJet 1200 series 11
LaserJet 1300 series 11
LaserJet 2200 series 11
LaserJet 2300 series 11
LaserJet 3200mfp series 39
LaserJet 3300mfp series 39
LaserJet 4100 series 20
LaserJet 4100mfp series 20
LaserJet 4200 series 20
LaserJet 4300 series 20
LaserJet 5100 series 29
LaserJet 8150 series 29
LaserJet 9000 series 29
LaserJet 9000mfp series 29
Output (Media) Bin command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200 series 40
LaserJet 3300 series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
Output Error command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Index
ENWW 79
Output Hardcopy Limits command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Output Identification command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Output P1 and P2 command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Output Status command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
P
Page (Job) Size command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 48
color LaserJet 4550 series 48
color LaserJet 4600 series 48
color LaserJet 5500 series 58
color LaserJet 8550 series 58
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 58
LaserJet 1150 series 11
LaserJet 1200 series 11
LaserJet 1300 series 11
LaserJet 2200 series 11
LaserJet 2300 series 11
LaserJet 3200mfp series 39
LaserJet 3300mfp series 39
LaserJet 4100 series 20
LaserJet 4100mfp series 20
LaserJet 4200 series 20
LaserJet 4300 series 20
LaserJet 5100 series 29
LaserJet 8150 series 29
LaserJet 9000 series 29
LaserJet 9000mfp series 29
Page Side Selection command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 48
color LaserJet 4550 series 48
color LaserJet 4600 series 48
color LaserJet 5500 series 58
color LaserJet 8550 series 58
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 58
LaserJet 1200 series 11
LaserJet 1300 series 11
LaserJet 2200 series 11
LaserJet 2300 series 11
LaserJet 3200mfp series 39
LaserJet 3300mfp series 39
LaserJet 4100 series 20
LaserJet 4100mfp series 20
LaserJet 4200 series 20
LaserJet 4300 series 20
LaserJet 5100 series 29
LaserJet 8150 series 29
LaserJet 9000 series 29
LaserJet 9000mfp series 29
Index
80 ENWW
Palette Control command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Paper (Media) Source command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 11
LaserJet 1200 series 11
LaserJet 1300 series 11
LaserJet 2200 series 11
LaserJet 2300 series 11
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
paper output bin command support. See Output (Media) Bin command
support
paper size command support. See Page (Job) Size command support
Paper Type command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4100mfp series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
Pattern Transparency Mode command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 14
LaserJet 1200 series 14
LaserJet 1300 series 14
LaserJet 2200 series 14
LaserJet 2300 series 14
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
PCL 5 Color Technical Reference Manual 8
PCL 5 Technical Reference Manual 8
PCL/PJL Technical Quick Reference Guide 8
Pen Color Assignment command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 37
LaserJet 8150 series 37
LaserJet 9000 series 37
LaserJet 9000mfp series 37
Index
ENWW Index 81
Perforation Skip command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
Picture Frame command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 35
LaserJet 8150 series 35
LaserJet 9000 series 35
LaserJet 9000mfp series 35
Pitch command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Pixel Placement command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51, 56
color LaserJet 4550 series 51, 56
color LaserJet 4600 series 51, 56
color LaserJet 5500 series 61, 66
color LaserJet 8550 series 61, 66
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61, 66
LaserJet 1150 series 14, 18
LaserJet 1200 series 14, 18
LaserJet 1300 series 14, 18
LaserJet 2200 series 14, 18
LaserJet 2300 series 14, 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42, 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42, 46
LaserJet 4100 series 23, 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23, 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 32, 37
LaserJet 8150 series 32, 37
LaserJet 9000 series 32, 37
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32, 37
Plot Size command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 56
color LaserJet 4550 series 56
color LaserJet 4600 series 56
color LaserJet 5500 series 66
color LaserJet 8550 series 66
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 66
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 37
LaserJet 8150 series 37
LaserJet 9000 series 37
LaserJet 9000mfp series 37
Print Direction command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
Printer Command Language version 5 (PCL 5). See PCL 5 (Printer
Command Language version 5)
Printer Job Language Technical Reference Addendum 8
Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual 8
82 Index ENWW
Push/Pop Palette command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 54
color LaserJet 4550 series 54
color LaserJet 4600 series 54
color LaserJet 5500 series 64
color LaserJet 8550 series 64
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 64
LaserJet 1150 series 17
LaserJet 1200 series 17
LaserJet 1300 series 17
LaserJet 2200 series 17
LaserJet 2300 series 17
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 26
LaserJet 4100mfp series 26
LaserJet 4200 series 26
LaserJet 4300 series 26
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Push/Pop Position command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Q
Quality Level command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 56
color LaserJet 4550 series 56
color LaserJet 4600 series 56
color LaserJet 5500 series 66
color LaserJet 8550 series 66
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 66
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 37
LaserJet 8150 series 37
LaserJet 9000 series 37
LaserJet 9000mfp series 37
R
Raster Algorithm command support
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Raster Height command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
Raster Resolution command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
ENWW Index 83
Raster Width command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
related documentation 8
Relative Color Range command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Render Algorithm command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 45
LaserJet 3300mfp series 45
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
Replot command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 56
color LaserJet 4550 series 56
color LaserJet 4600 series 56
color LaserJet 5500 series 66
color LaserJet 8550 series 66
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 66
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 37
LaserJet 8150 series 37
LaserJet 9000 series 37
LaserJet 9000mfp series 37
Reset command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
Right Margin command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
84 Index ENWW
S
Scale Algorithm command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
Select Current Pattern command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 14
LaserJet 1200 series 14
LaserJet 1300 series 14
LaserJet 2200 series 14
LaserJet 2300 series 14
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
Select Default Font command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Select Palette command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Self-Test command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200 series 38
LaserJet 3300 series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
Set Compression Mode command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
ENWW Index 85
Set Pattern Reference Point command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 14
LaserJet 1200 series 14
LaserJet 1300 series 14
LaserJet 2200 series 14
LaserJet 2300 series 14
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
Set Status Readback Location Type command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4100mfp series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
Set Status Readback Location Unit command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4100mfp series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
Set Viewing Illuminant command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Simple Color command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 55
color LaserJet 4550 series 55
color LaserJet 4600 series 55
color LaserJet 5500 series 65
color LaserJet 8550 series 65
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 65
LaserJet 1150 series 18
LaserJet 1200 series 18
LaserJet 1300 series 18
LaserJet 2200 series 18
LaserJet 2300 series 18
LaserJet 3200mfp series 46
LaserJet 3300mfp series 46
LaserJet 4100 series 27
LaserJet 4100mfp series 27
LaserJet 4200 series 27
LaserJet 4300 series 27
LaserJet 5100 series 36
LaserJet 8150 series 36
LaserJet 9000 series 36
LaserJet 9000mfp series 36
Simplex/Duplex Print command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
86 Index ENWW
Source Transparency Mode command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 14
LaserJet 1200 series 14
LaserJet 1300 series 14
LaserJet 2200 series 14
LaserJet 2300 series 14
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
Spacing command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
See also Line Spacing command support
Start Raster Graphics command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
Stroke Weight command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Style command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Symbol Set command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
ENWW Index 87
Symbol Set Control command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Symbol Set ID Code command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
T
Text Length command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
Text Parsing Method command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Top (Short-edge) Offset Registration command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
Top Margin command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
88 Index ENWW
Transfer Raster command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
Transparent Print Data command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Typeface command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
U
UEL (Universal Exit/Start of PJL). See Universal Exit/Start of PJL (UEL)
command support
Underline command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 13
LaserJet 1200 series 13
LaserJet 1300 series 13
LaserJet 2200 series 13
LaserJet 2300 series 13
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Unit of Measure command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 series 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
Universal Exit/Start of PJL (UEL) command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 47
color LaserJet 4550 series 47
color LaserJet 4600 series 47
color LaserJet 5500 series 57
color LaserJet 8550 series 57
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 57
LaserJet 1150 series 10
LaserJet 1200 series 10
LaserJet 1300 series 10
LaserJet 2200 series 10
LaserJet 2300 series 10
LaserJet 3200mfp series 38
LaserJet 3300mfp series 38
LaserJet 4100 series 19
LaserJet 4100mfp series 19
LaserJet 4200 series 19
LaserJet 4300 series 19
LaserJet 5100 series 28
LaserJet 8150 28
LaserJet 9000 series 28
LaserJet 9000mfp series 28
ENWW Index 89
User-defined Pattern Control command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 51
color LaserJet 4550 series 51
color LaserJet 4600 series 51
color LaserJet 5500 series 61
color LaserJet 8550 series 61
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 61
LaserJet 1150 series 14
LaserJet 1200 series 14
LaserJet 1300 series 14
LaserJet 2200 series 14
LaserJet 2300 series 14
LaserJet 3200mfp series 42
LaserJet 3300mfp series 42
LaserJet 4100 series 23
LaserJet 4100mfp series 23
LaserJet 4200 series 23
LaserJet 4300 series 23
LaserJet 5100 series 32
LaserJet 8150 series 32
LaserJet 9000 series 32
LaserJet 9000mfp series 32
V
Vertical Motion Index command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 49
color LaserJet 4550 series 49
color LaserJet 4600 series 49
color LaserJet 5500 series 59
color LaserJet 8550 series 59
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 59
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 40
LaserJet 3300mfp series 40
LaserJet 4100 series 21
LaserJet 4100mfp series 21
LaserJet 4200 series 21
LaserJet 4300 series 21
LaserJet 5100 series 30
LaserJet 8150 series 30
LaserJet 9000 series 30
LaserJet 9000mfp series 30
Vertical Position command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 50
color LaserJet 4550 series 50
color LaserJet 4600 series 50
color LaserJet 5500 series 60
color LaserJet 8550 series 60
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 60
LaserJet 1150 series 12
LaserJet 1200 series 12
LaserJet 1300 series 12
LaserJet 2200 series 12
LaserJet 2300 series 12
LaserJet 3200mfp series 41
LaserJet 3300mfp series 41
LaserJet 4100 series 22
LaserJet 4100mfp series 22
LaserJet 4200 series 22
LaserJet 4300 series 22
LaserJet 5100 series 31
LaserJet 8150 series 31
LaserJet 9000 series 31
LaserJet 9000mfp series 31
Vertical Rectangle Size command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 53
color LaserJet 4550 series 53
color LaserJet 4600 series 53
color LaserJet 5500 series 63
color LaserJet 8550 series 63
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 63
LaserJet 1150 series 16
LaserJet 1200 series 16
LaserJet 1300 series 16
LaserJet 2200 series 16
LaserJet 2300 series 16
LaserJet 3200mfp series 44
LaserJet 3300mfp series 44
LaserJet 4100 series 25
LaserJet 4100mfp series 25
LaserJet 4200 series 25
LaserJet 4300 series 25
LaserJet 5100 series 34
LaserJet 8150 series 34
LaserJet 9000 series 34
LaserJet 9000mfp series 34
Y
Y Offset command support
color LaserJet 2500 series 52
color LaserJet 4550 series 52
color LaserJet 4600 series 52
color LaserJet 5500 series 62
color LaserJet 8550 series 62
color LaserJet 8550mfp series 62
LaserJet 1150 series 15
LaserJet 1200 series 15
LaserJet 1300 series 15
LaserJet 2200 series 15
LaserJet 2300 series 15
LaserJet 3200mfp series 43
LaserJet 3300mfp series 43
LaserJet 4100 series 24
LaserJet 4100mfp series 24
LaserJet 4200 series 24
LaserJet 4300 series 24
LaserJet 5100 series 33
LaserJet 8150 series 33
LaserJet 9000 series 33
LaserJet 9000mfp series 33
90 ENWW

© 2003 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
www.hp.com
*5851 *
*5851 *
-1650
-1650
5851-1650

HP – PCL 5 COMPARISON GUUIDE

PCL 5 Comparison Guide
for the
HP LaserJet III / IIID / IIIP / IIISi
HP LaserJet 4 / 5 / 6 Families
HP LaserJet 1100 series
HP LaserJet 2100 series
HP LaserJet 4000 series
HP LaserJet 5000 series
HP LaserJet 8000 series
HP LaserJet 8100 series
HP Color LaserJet
HP Color LaserJet 5 / 5M
HP Color LaserJet 4500 series
HP Color LaserJet 8500 series
HP DeskJet 1200C / HP DeskJet 1600C
Printers
Copyright and
License
Copyright © 2003
Hewlett-Packard Company, LP
All Rights Reserved.
Reproduction, adaptation, or
translation without prior written
permission is prohibited, except
as allowed under the copyright
laws.
The information contained in
this document is subject to
change without notice.
Publication Number: 5021-0378
Edition 2, 6/2003
Trademarks
Intellifont is a U.S. registered
trademark of Agfa Division,
Miles Incorporated. CG Times is
a product of Agfa Corporation,
AGFA Compugraphic Division.
LaserJet, PCL, DeskJet, Vectra,
and Resolution Enhancement
are U.S. registered trademarks
of Hewlett-Packard Company.
IBM is a registered trademark of
International Business
Machines Corporation.
Wingdings, MS-Mincho, and
MS-Gothic are trademarks, and
Microsoft, Windows, and
MS-DOS are U.S. registered
trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation. Centronics is a
U.S. registered trademark of
Centronics Corporation. ITC
Zapf Dingbats is a U.S.
registered trademark of
International Typeface
Corporation. Helvetica and
Times Roman are trademarks of
Linotype AG and its
subsidiaries.
Univers is a U.S. registered
trademark of Linotype AG and
its subsidiaries. PostScript and
the PostScript logo are
registered trademarks of Adobe
Systems, Inc. in the U.S. and
other countries/regions. Arial,
Times New Roman, and
Monotype are U.S. registered
trademarks of Monotype
Corporation plc. Macintosh is a
registered trademark and
TrueType is a trademark of
Apple Computer, Inc. ESC/P is
a trademark of Seiko-Epson
Corporation.
ENWW iii
Manual Conventions
This manual uses the following conventions:
• Bold indicates a term defined in the glossary.
• Italic refers to a related document, or is used for emphasis.
• The cursive letter l is used in some examples to distinguish
the letter “l” from the numeral “1” (one).
• A slash zero 0 is used in some examples and escape
sequences to distinguish the letter “O” from the number “0”.
• 0x XX represents a hexadecimal number (XX).
• The ~ character indicates that the current line of code is a
continuation of the previous line.
Note Notes contain important information set off from the text.
iv ENWW
ENWW Contents v
Contents
PCL 5 Comparison Guide
Manual Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
1 Printer Features
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
PCL Feature Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
PCL 5 Technical Reference Manual Corrections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
Printable Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-36
2 Printer-Specific Differences
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
HP LaserJet III and IIID Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
HP LaserJet IIISi Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
HP LaserJet IIIP Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
Raster Graphics Adaptive Compression (IIIP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
HP LaserJet 4 Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
Configuration Command (AppleTalk) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7
HP LaserJet 4Si Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
HP LaserJet 4L Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11
HP LaserJet 4ML Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Logical Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Logical Operations and Transparency Interactions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Logical Operation Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Pixel Placement Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24
Pixel Placement Command (HP-GL/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27
Merge Control Command (HP-GL/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28
HP LaserJet 4P and 4MP Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30
HP LaserJet 4PJ Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31
Text Parsing Method Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-32
Character Text Path Direction Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33
Font Header Format 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34
New Font Format Header Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35
Description of Font Header Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36
HP LaserJet 4PJ Programming Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48
Paper Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59
HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-60
HP LaserJet 4V and 4MV Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61
vi Contents ENWW
Font Header Format 16 Bitmap Font Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62
Font Header Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62
Character Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-67
Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68
HP Color LaserJet Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69
AppleTalk Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-70
HP LaserJet 4LJ Pro Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71
HP LaserJet 4LC Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71
HP LaserJet 5P and 5MP Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-72
HP LaserJet 5L Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-73
HP LaserJet 5Si and 5SiMx Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-74
Paper (Media) Source Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-75
Output Bin Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-77
Alphanumeric ID Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-78
HP DeskJet 1200C Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-84
Updated Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-85
Enter HP-GL/2 Mode Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-86
Media Type Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-87
Print Quality Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-88
Negative Motion Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-89
HP DeskJet 1600C Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-90
HP LaserJet 5 and 5M Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-96
Text Parsing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-96
Two-Byte HP-GL/2 Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-97
Label Mode Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-97
Vertical Writing with Proportional Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-100
HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-102
HP LaserJet 6P/ 6MP Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-104
HP LaserJet 5Si Mopier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-104
HP LaserJet 6L and LaserJet 6L Gold Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-105
HP LaserJet 4000 Series Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-105
HP LaserJet 5000 Series Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-107
HP LaserJet 8000 Series Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-109
HP LaserJet 8100 Series Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-110
HP Color LaserJet 4500 Series Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-111
Simplified Color Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-111
Color Raster Images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-112
Asian Font Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-112
Media Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-112
Alphanumeric ID Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-114
Color Space Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-114
Changes to PCL 5 Color Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-114
New PCL 5 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-117
Differences with the HP LaserJet 4000 Series Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-118
HP Color LaserJet 8500 Series Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-119
HP LaserJet 1100 Series Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-120
HP LaserJet 2100 Series Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-120
ENWW Contents vii
3 Internal Typefaces / Fonts and Symbol Sets
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1
Bitmap Fonts and Symbol Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Scalable Typefaces and Symbol Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
Typeface Selection Differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
4 Print Environment
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
5 Memory Usage
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1
Operation of ADC and MEt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
Image Adapt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
Additional MEt Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
ADC and MEt Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
Recommendations For Sending Data to the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
Raster Graphics Adaptive Compression (Method 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
Appendix A Printer Commands
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Appendix B Internal Symbol Set Charts
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
ISO Substitution Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-34
Conversion Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-35
Appendix C Symbol Set and Typeface Codes
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
Appendix D MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1
Index
viii Contents ENWW
ENWW Printer Features 1-1
1Printer Features
Introduction
Hewlett-Packard printers which support the PCL 5 printer language
contain slightly different feature sets, each suitable for that printer’s
intended use. Each printer implements minor variations of PCL 5 as a
result of those differences. With new printer releases, new features
may be added with new commands and/or PCL operations which
require documentation.
The purpose of this guide is to identify the differences in the
implementation of the PCL 5 Printer Language for different
HP LaserJet and DeskJet printers, as compared to the features
described in the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference
Manual. This guide describes new commands and exceptions to
existing commands unique to the printers, as well as internal
typeface/font support and print environment settings.
Note For information about products newer than those included in this
book, see the PCL5 Comparison Guide Addendum, which includes
product-specific information about newer products, as well as
commands and variables added to support these newer products.
1-2 Printer Features ENWW
This guide covers the following HP LaserJet printers:
This guide also covers the HP 1200C and 1600C DeskJet printers.
Introduction Date
􀁺 LaserJet III March 1990
􀁺 LaserJet IIID September 1990
􀁺 LaserJet IIISi February 1991
􀁺 LaserJet IIIP May 1991
􀁺 LaserJet 4, 4M October 1992
􀁺 LaserJet 4Si, 4SiMx April 1993
􀁺 LaserJet 4L, 4ML May 1993
􀁺 LaserJet 4P, 4MP September 1993
􀁺 LaserJet 4 Plus, 4M Plus, 4PJ May 1994
􀁺 LaserJet 4V, 4MV September 1994
􀁺 DeskJet 1200C, 1200/PS May 1993
􀁺 Color LaserJet September 1994
􀁺 LaserJet 4LC March 1995
􀁺 DeskJet 1600C March 1995
􀁺 LaserJet 4LJ Pro May 1995
􀁺 LaserJet 5P, 5MP May 1995
􀁺 LaserJet 5L September 1995
􀁺 LaserJet 5Si, 5SiMx November 1995
􀁺 Color LaserJet 5, 5M March 1996
􀁺 LaserJet 5, 5M April 1996
􀁺 LaserJet 5Si Mopier October 1996
􀁺 LaserJet 6P, 6MP October 1996
􀁺 LaserJet 6L September 1997
􀁺 LaserJet 4000 series November 1997
􀁺 LaserJet 5000 series February 1998
􀁺 LaserJet 8000 series May 1998
􀁺 LaserJet 8100 series October 1998
􀁺 Color LaserJet 4500 series October 1998
􀁺 Color LaserJet 8500 series October 1998
􀁺 LaserJet 1100 series October 1998
􀁺 LaserJet 2100 series February 1999
ENWW Printer Features 1-3
PCL Feature Support
Tables 1-1A through 1-1C, the PCL Feature Support Matrix, lists all
the printer commands from the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical
Reference Manual and identifies which of these commands are
supported by the various printers. The table below describes the
printers covered in each table. (More detailed PCL information for
each PCL 5 printer is provided in Chapter 2.)
Note The PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual (part
number 5961-0509) was revised for the release of the HP LaserJet 4
printer and contains all PCL language features up to the
HP LaserJet 4 printer. Subsequent commands are covered in this
PCL 5 Comparison Guide and the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference
Manual.
Table Pages Features for these Printers
1-1A 1-6 to 15 HP LaserJet III, IIID, IIISi, IIIP, 4, 4M, 4Si,
4SiMx, 4L, 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4 Plus,
4M Plus, 4V, 4MV
1-1B 1-16 to 25 HP Color LaserJet, Color LaserJet 5/5M,
LaserJet 4LJ Pro, 4LC, 5L, 6L, 6L Gold, 5P,
5MP, 6P, 6MP, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier, 5,
5M, DeskJet 1200C, DeskJet 1600C
1-1C 1-26 to 35 HP LaserJet 1100 Series, 2100 Series,
4000 Series, 5000 Series, 8000 Series,
8100 Series,
HP Color LaserJet 4500 Series,
HP Color LaserJet 8500 Series
1-4 Printer Features ENWW
Note In Table 1-1, if the command value field parameters are not listed,
then all parameters are supported by printers that support that
command.
The value in parentheses following a command parameter identifies
the parameter value (for example, the parameter “Letter (2)” indicates
that the value field to select letter size in the Page Size command is
“2”).
Commands which are not supported (“ns”) by a printer are ignored.
ENWW Printer Features 1-5
PCL 5 Technical Reference Manual Corrections
This section describes updates to the PCL 5 Printer Language
Technical Reference Manual (5961-0509). Because this manual will
not be updated, any changes to it are documented in this guide.
Some errors have been identified in the PCL 5 Printer Language
Technical Reference Manual since its printing. Those errors are
identified and corrections are provided on this page.
Chapter 4 PCL Job Control Commands
Unit of Measure Command
In Figure 4-6 on page 4-18, the two escape sequences at the top
should read “(?&u100D) and (?&u200D)” instead of “(?&u100B)
and (?&u200B).”
Chapter 8 PCL Font Selection
Transparent Print Data Command
The last sentence in the note at the bottom of page 8-33 should read
“Refer to the PCL 5 Comparison Guide, Appendix A, for character
codes for the various symbol sets.” instead of “Refer to Appendix A
for character codes for the various symbol sets.”
Chapter 13 The PCL Print Model
User-Defined Pattern Command
In Figure 13-10 on page 13-19, byte zero should read Format (20)
instead of Format (0)
On page 13-21, Format (Byte 0) should read “0” for a 300 DPI
user-defined pattern header and “20” for a resolution-specified
user-defined pattern header.
1-6 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4Si Mx 4L
4ML
4P
4 MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4 MV
MISCELLANEOUS
Configuration (AppleTalk) ?&b#W[data] ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ✓ ns ✓ ✓
JOB CONTROL
Universal Exit/Start of PJL
(UEL)
?%–12345X ns ns ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Reset ?E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Copies ?&l#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Simplex/Duplex Print ?&l#S ns ✓ ✓ ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Left (Long-Edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top (Short-Edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Unit Of Measure ?&u#D ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mechanical Print Quality ?*o#Q ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Media Type ?&l#M ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Negative Motion ?&a#N ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Self-Test ?z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper Type ?&n5WdBond ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdPlain ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdColor ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n7WdLabels ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n9WdRecycled ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdLetterhead ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n10WdCardstock ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdPrepunched ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdPreprinted ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n13WdTransparency ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n#WdCustomType2 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Supported if duplex option is installed.
2 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace “#” with the number of characters in the name, plus 1.
ENWW Printer Features 1-7
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4SiMx 4L
4ML
4P
4MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4MV
PAGE CONTROL
Page (Job) Size ?&l#A
Executive (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Letter (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Legal (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Ledger (6) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
A5 (25) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
A4 (26) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A3 (27) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
JIS B5 Paper (45) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ✓
JIS B4 Paper (46) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
Monarch Envelope (80) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Comm. 10 Envelope (81) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. DL Envelope (90) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. C5 Envelope (91) ✓ ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. B5 Envelope (100) ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Custom (101) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ✓2
Hagaki Postcard (71) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ✓
Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard (72)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ✓
Orientation ?&l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Page Side Selection1 ?&a#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Job Separation ?&l1T ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Finish Mode ?&b#F ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.
2 The custom size is 11.7″ x 17.7″ on the HP LaserJet 4V/4MV printers.
1-8 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4SiMx 4L
4ML
4P
4MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4MV
PAGE CONTROL (continued)
Paper (Media) Source ?&l#H
Eject Page (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Main (Front) Paper
Source (1)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual (Top/Rear)
Feed (2)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Env. Feed (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Alt. Paper Source (4) ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Opt. Large Source (5) ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Envelope Feeder (6) ns ✓ ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ✓ ns
Auto Select (7) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Tray 1 (right side) (8) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
HCI Trays 2-21 (20-39) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output (Media) Bin ?&l#G
Automatic (0) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Destination Tray 1 (1) ns ns ✓ ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ns ns
Destination Tray 2 (2) ns ns ✓ ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ns ns
Destination Tray 3 (3) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Print Direction ?&a#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Text Path Dir. ?&c#T ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ✓
Left Margin ?&a#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Right Margin ?&a#M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Clear Horizontal Margins ?9 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top Margin ?&l#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Length ?&l#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Perforation Skip ?&l#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Horizontal Motion Index ?&k#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Motion Index ?&l#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Spacing ?&l#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ALPHANUMERIC ID (Media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID ?&n#W[operation] [string] ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-9
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4Si Mx 4L
4ML
4P
4MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4MV
CURSOR POSITIONING
Horizontal Position ?&a#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Position ?&a#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Half Line Feed ?= ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Termination ?&k#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Position ?&f#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
FONT SELECTION
The Primary font printer commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing the left parenthesis “(” in the command with a right
parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set (Primary) ?(ID ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Spacing (Primary) ?(s#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pitch (Primary) ?(s#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Height (Primary) ?(s#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Style (Primary) ?(s#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Stroke Weight (Primary) ?(s#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Typeface (Primary) ?(s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Selection By ID # (Pri.) ?(#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Default Font
(Primary)
?(3@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Underline ?&d#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&d@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transparent Print Data ?&p#X[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Parsing Method ?&t#P ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ✓
FONT MANAGEMENT
Assign Font ID # ?*c#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Control ?*c#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
USER-DEFINED SYMBOL SET
Symbol Set ID Code ?*c#R ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Define Symbol Set ?(f#W[data] ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Control ?*c#S ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1-10 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4Si Mx 4L
4ML
4P
4MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4MV
SOFT FONT CREATION
Font Descriptor ?)s#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Code ?*c#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character ?(s#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
MACROS
Macro ID ?&f#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Macro Control ?&f#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PRINT MODEL IMAGING
Source Transparency Mode ?*v#N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern Transparency Mode ?*v#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Area Fill (Pattern) ID ?*c#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Current Pattern ?*v#T
Solid Black (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Solid White (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP Shading Pattern (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern (3)
(HP-hatch Pattern)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern (4) ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Logical Operation ?*l#O ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pixel Placement ?*l#R ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
USER-DEFINED PATTERN
Define (Download) Pattern ?*c#W[data] ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535
Set Pattern Reference Point ?*p#R ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern Control ?*c#Q ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-11
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4Si Mx 4L
4ML
4P
4MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4MV
RASTER GRAPHICS
Raster Resolution ?*t#R
75 Dots/Inch (75) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
100 Dots/Inch (100) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
150 Dots/Inch (150) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
200 Dots/Inch (200)1 ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ✓2 ✓ ✓ ✓
300 Dots/Inch (300) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
600 Dots/Inch (600)1 ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ✓2 ✓ ✓ ✓
Graphics Presentation ?*r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height (Source) ?*r#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height (Destination) ?*t#V ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Raster Width (Source) ?*r#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width (Destination) ?*t#H ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Scale Algorithm ?*t#K ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Start Raster Graphics ?*r#A
At logical page left
limit(0)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At logic. page left limit,
scaling ON (2)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
At CAP, scaling ON (3) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Y Offset ?*b#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Compression Mode ?*b#M
Unencoded (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Run-Length Encoded (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
TIFF Encoded (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Delta Row Encoded (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mode 5 Adaptive (5) ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Replacement Delta
Row (9)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Transfer Raster (Row/Block) ?*b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transfer Raster (Plane) ?*b#V[data] ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
End Graphics
Version B ?*rB ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Version C (Preferred) ?*rC ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Supported if printer resolution is 600 dpi.
2 The 4ML printer does not support 200 or 600 dpi operation.
1-12 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4Si Mx 4L
4ML
4P
4MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4MV
RECTANGULAR AREA FILL
Horizontal Rectangle Size ?*c#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Rectangle Size ?*c#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) ?*c#G
1-100 for Shading ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1-6 for Cross-hatch ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
0-32767 for User-defined ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Fill Rectangle Area ?*c#P
Black (solid) (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
(Solid) White (erase) (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Shaded (gray) (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern (4) ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current Pattern (5) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
STATUS READBACK
Set Status Readback
Location Type
?*s#T ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Status Readback
Location Unit
?*s#U ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Inquire Status Readback
Entity
?*s#I ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Free Space ?*s1M ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Flush All Pages ?&r#F ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Echo ?*s#X ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-13
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4SiMx 4L
4ML
4P
4MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4MV
PICTURE FRAME (for Vector Graphics)
Picture Frame Horiz. Size ?*c#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Picture Frame Vert. Size ?*c#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Picture Frame Anchor Point ?*c0T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size ?*c#K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size ?*c#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Enter HP-GL/2 ?%#B
_Stand-alone plotter (-1) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
_Previous HP-GL (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
_Current PCL CAP (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
_Current PCL coordinates and
old HP-GL/2 (2)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
_Current PCL coordinates and
current CAP (3)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Enter PCL Mode ?%#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PROGRAMMING HINTS
Display Functions
On ?Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Off ?Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
End-Of-Line Wrap ?&s#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1-14 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4Si Mx 4L
4ML
4P
4MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4MV
PCL 5 COLOR COMMANDS
Assign Color Index ?*v#I ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Color Component 1 ?*v#A ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Color Component 2 ?*v#B ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Color Component 3 ?*v#C ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Color Lookup Tables ?*l#W[data] ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Configure Image Data ?*v#W[data] ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Download Dither Matrix ?*m#W ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Foreground Color ?*v#S ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Gamma Correction ?*t#I ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Monochrome Print Mode ?&b#M ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Palette Control ID ?&p#I ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Palette Control ?&p#C ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Push/Pop Palette ?*p#P ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Render Algorithm ?*t#J
Range: 0 – 8 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Range: 9 – 10 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Range: 11 – 14 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Range: 15 – 19 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Select Palette ?&p#S ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Set Viewing Illuminant ?*i#W[data] ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Simple Color ?*r#U ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-15
Table 1-1A. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND III IIID IIISi IIIP
4
4M
4Si
4Si Mx 4L
4ML
4P
4MP 4PJ
4 Plus
4M Plus
4V
4MV
HP-GL/2 GRAPHICS
HP-GL/2—Commands listed
in Table A-2 except as
shown below
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Advance Full Page PG ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Bezier BR, BZ ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Begin Plot BP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Chord Tolerance Mode CT ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
(Relative) Color Range CR ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Download Character DL ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Fill Type FT
Odd/Even ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Non-Zero Winding ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Frame Advance FR ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Label origin LO
1-9 / 11-19 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
21 ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Media Type MT ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Merge Control MC ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Pens NP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output Error OE ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output Hardcopy Limits OH ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output Identification OI ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output P1 and P2 OP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output Status OS ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Pen Color Assignment PC ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Pixel Placement PP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Plot Size PS ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Quality Level QL ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Replot RP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1-16 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5 MP
6P
6 MP
5Si
5Si Mx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
MISCELLANEOUS
Configuration
(AppleTalk)
?&b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
JOB CONTROL
Universal Exit/Start of
PJL (UEL)
?%–12✓45X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Reset ?E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Copies ?&l#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Simplex/Duplex Print ?&l#S ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns
Left (Long-Edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top (Short-Edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Unit Of Measure ?&u#D ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓
Mechanical Print Quality ?*o#Q ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Media Type ?&l#M ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Negative Motion ?&a#N ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Self-Test ?z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper Type ?&n5WdBond ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdPlain ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n6WdColor ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n7WdLabels ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n9WdRecycled ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdLetterhead ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n10WdCardstock ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdPrepunched ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n11WdPreprinted ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n13WdTransparency ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
?&n#WdCustomType1 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace “#” with the number of characters in the name, plus 1.
ENWW Printer Features 1-17
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5MP
6P
6MP
5Si
5SiMx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
PAGE CONTROL
Page (Job) Size ?&l#A
Executive (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Letter (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Legal (3) ✓ ✓1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Ledger (6) ✓4 ✓1 ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns
A5 (25) ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ✓ ns ns
A4 (26) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A3 (27) ✓ ✓1 ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns
JIS B5 Paper (45) ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
JIS B4 Paper (46) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Monarch Envelope
(80)
ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Com-10 Envelope
(81)
ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. DL Envelope (90) ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. C5 Envelope (91) ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. B5 Envelope (100) ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Custom (101) ns ns ✓ ✓ ns2 ✓ ✓ ✓ 3 ✓ ns ns
Hagaki Postcard (71) ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard (72)
ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns ✓ ns ✓ ns ns
Orientation ?&l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Page Side Selection4 ?&a#G ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Job Separation ?&l1T ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Finish Mode ?&b#F ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Black & White only
2 For the HP LaserJet 5L printer, the printer driver sets the paper size to legal (3) when “custom” is selected.
3 The custom size is 11.7″ x 17.7″ on HP LaserJet 5Si, 5SiMx, and 5Si Mopier printers.
4 On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.
1-18 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5MP
6P
6MP
5Si
5Si Mx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
PAGE CONTROL (continued)
Paper (Media) Source ?&l#H
Eject Page (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Main (Front) Paper
Source (1)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual (Top/Rear)
Feed (2)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Env. Feed (3) ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Alt. Paper Source (4) ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Optional Source (5) ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ns
Envelope Feeder (6) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns
Auto Select (7) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ✓
Tray 1 (right side) (8) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns
HCI Trays 2-21 (20-39) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns
Output (Media) Bin ?&l#G
Automatic (0) ns ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Destination Tray 1 (1) ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns
Destination Tray 2 ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns
Destination Tray 3 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns
Print Direction ?&a#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Text Path Dir. ?&c#T ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Left Margin ?&a#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Right Margin ?&a#M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Clear Horizontal
Margins
?9 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top Margin ?&l#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Length ?&l#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Perforation Skip ?&l#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Horizontal Motion Index ?&k#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Motion Index ?&l#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Spacing ?&l#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ALPHANUMERIC ID (Media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID ?&n#W[operation]
[string]
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-19
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5 MP
6P
6 MP
5Si
5SiMx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
CURSOR POSITIONING
Horizontal Position ?&a#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Position ?&a#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Half Line Feed ?= ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Termination ?&k#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Position ?&f#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
FONT SELECTION
The Primary font commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing the left parenthesis “(” in the command with a right
parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set (Primary) ?(ID ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Spacing (Primary) ?(s#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pitch (Primary) ?(s#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Height (Primary) ?(s#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Style (Primary) ?(s#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Stroke Weight (Primary) ?(s#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Typeface (Primary) ?(s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Selection By ID #
(Pri.)
?(#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Default Font
(Primary)
?(3@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Underline ?&d#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&d@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transparent Print Data ?&p#X[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Parsing Method ?&t#P ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1 ✓
FONT MANAGEMENT
Assign Font ID # ?*c#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Control ?*c#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
USER-DEFINED SYMBOL SET
Symbol Set ID Code ?*c#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Define Symbol Set ?(f#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Control ?*c#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Available in code versions “B” and “C” only (see the DeskJet 1200C section near the end of this chapter).
1-20 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5 MP
6P
6 MP
5Si
5SiMx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
SOFT FONT CREATION
Font Descriptor ?)s#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Code ?*c#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character ?(s#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
MACROS
Macro ID ?&f#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Macro Control ?&f#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PRINT MODEL IMAGING
Source Transparency
Mode
?*v#N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern Transparency
Mode
?*v#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Area Fill (Pattern) ID ?*c#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Current Pattern ?*v#T
Solid Black (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Solid White (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP Shading
Pattern (2)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern
(3) (HP-hatch Pattern)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined
Pattern (4)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Logical Operation ?*l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pixel Placement ?*l#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
USER-DEFINED PATTERN
Define (Download)
Pattern
?*c#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Pattern Reference
Point
?*p#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern
Control
?*c#Q ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-21
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5 MP
6P
6MP
5Si
5SiMx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
RASTER GRAPHICS
Raster Resolution ?*t#R
75 Dots/Inch (75) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
100 Dots/Inch (100) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
150 Dots/Inch (150) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
200 Dots/Inch (200)1 ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓
300 Dots/Inch (300) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
600 Dots/Inch (600)1 ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓
Graphics Presentation ?*r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height (Source) ?*r#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height
(Destination)
?*t#V ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Raster Width (Source) ?*r#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width (Destination) ?*t#H ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Scale Algorithm ?*t#K ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Start Raster Graphics ?*r#A
At logical page left
limit(0)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At logic. page left limit,
scaling ON (2)
✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
At CAP, scaling ON (3) ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Y Offset ?*b#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Compression Mode ?*b#M
Unencoded (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Run-Length Encoded (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
TIFF Encoded (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Delta Row Encoded (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mode 5 Adaptive (5) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Replacement Delta
Row (9)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
Transfer Raster
(Row/Block)
?*b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transfer Raster (Plane) ?*b#V[data] ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
End Graphics
Version B ?*rB ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Version C (Preferred) ?*rC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Supported if printer resolution is 600 dpi.
1-22 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5 MP
6P
6MP
5Si
5SiMx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
RECTANGULAR AREA FILL
Horizontal Rectangle Size ?*c#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Rectangle Size ?*c#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) ?*c#G
1-100 for Shading ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1-6 for Cross-hatch ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
0-32767 for User-defined ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Fill Rectangle Area ?*c#P
Black (solid) (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
(Solid) White (erase) (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Shaded (gray) (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern (4) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current Pattern (5) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
STATUS READBACK
Set Status Readback
Location Type
?*s#T ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Set Status Readback
Location Unit
?*s#U ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Inquire Status Readback
Entity
?*s#I ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Free Space ?*s1M ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
Flush All Pages ?&r#F ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Echo ?*s#X ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-23
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5MP
6P
6MP
5Si
5SiMx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
PICTURE FRAME (for Vector Graphics)
Picture Frame Horiz. Size ?*c#X ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Picture Frame Vert. Size ?*c#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Picture Frame Anchor
Point
?*c0T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size ?*c#K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size ?*c#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Enter HP-GL/2 ?%#B
_Stand-alone plotter (-1) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns 3 ns
_Previous HP-GL (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
_Current PCL CAP (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
_Current PCL coordinates
and old HP-GL/2 (2)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
_Current PCL coordinates
and current CAP (3)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Enter PCL Mode ?%#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PROGRAMMING HINTS
Display Functions
On ?Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Off ?Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
End-Of-Line Wrap ?&s#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1-24 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5MP
6P
6MP
5Si
5SiMx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
PCL 5 COLOR COMMANDS
Assign Color Index ?*v#I ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Color Component 1 ?*v#A ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Color Component 2 ?*v#B ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Color Component 3 ?*v#C ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Color Lookup Tables ?*l#W[data] ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Configure Image Data ?*v#W[data] ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Download Dither Matrix ?*m#W ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Foreground Color ?*v#S ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Gamma Correction ?*t#I ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Monochrome Print
Mode
?&b#M ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Palette Control ID ?&p#I ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Palette Control ?&p#C ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Push/Pop Palette ?*p#P ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Render Algorithm ?*t#J
Range: 0 – 8 ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Range: 9 – 10 ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Range: 11 – 14 ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Range: 15 – 19 ns ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Select Palette ?&p#S ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Set Viewing Illuminant ?*i#W[data] ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Simple Color ?*r#U ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-25
Table 1-1B. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
Color
LJ
Color
LJ 5,
5M
4LJ
Pro 4LC
5L
6L
6L Gold
5P
5MP
6P
6MP
5Si
5SiMx
Mopier
5
5M
Desk
Jet
1200C
Desk
Jet
1600C
HP-GL/2 GRAPHICS
HP-GL/2—Commands
listed in Table A-2
except as shown below
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Advance Full Page PG ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓1 ns
Bezier BR, BZ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Begin Plot BP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Chord Tolerance Mode CT ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
(Relative) Color Range CR ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Download Character DL ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Fill Type FT
Odd/Even ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Non-Zero Winding ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Frame Advance FR ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Label origin LO
1-9 / 11-19 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Media Type MT ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Merge Control MC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Pens NP ✓ ✓ ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ ✓
Output Error OE ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Output Hardcopy Limits OH ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Output Identification OI ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Output P1 and P2 OP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Output Status OS ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Pen Color Assignment PC 3 3 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓ 3
Pixel Placement PP 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 ✓ 3
Plot Size PS ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Quality Level QL ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
Replot RP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓1 ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Supported in stand-alone HP-GL/2 Mode only (DeskJet 1200)
1-26 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
MISCELLANEOUS
Configuration (AppleTalk) ?&b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns
JOB CONTROL
Universal Exit/Start of PJL (UEL) ?%–12345X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Reset ?E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Copies ?&l#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Simplex/Duplex Print ?&l#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Left (Long-Edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top (Short-Edge) Offset
Registration
?&l#Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Unit Of Measure ?&u#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mechanical Print Quality ?*o#Q ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Media Type ?&l#M ns ns 3 ns 3 ns ns ✓
Negative Motion ?&a#N ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Self-Test ?z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Paper Type ?&n5WdBond ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdPlain ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdColor ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n6WdRough ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns
?&n6WdHeavy ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
?&n6WdGloss ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
?&n7WdLabels ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n7WdVellum ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns ns
?&n8WdDefault ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n9WdRecycled ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdLetterhead ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdCard Stock ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n10WdCardstock ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPrepunched ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n11WdPreprinted ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n13WdTransparency ns ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&n#WdCustomType1 ns ns ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 For custom paper, replace “CustomType” with the name of the paper, and replace “#” with the number of characters in the name, plus1.
ENWW Printer Features 1-27
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
PAGE CONTROL
Page (Job) Size ?&l#A
Executive (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Letter (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Legal (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Ledger (6) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
JISExec (Foolscap) (10) ✓
A5 (25) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A4 (26) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
A3 (27) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
JIS B5 Paper (45) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
JIS B4 Paper (46) ns ns ns ✓ ✓ ns ns ✓
Monarch Envelope (80) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Com-10 Envelope (81) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. DL Envelope (90) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. C5 Envelope (91) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Intl. B5 Envelope (100) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Custom (101)1 ✓ ✓ ✓1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Hagaki Postcard (71) ns ✓ ns ✓ ns ns ns ns
Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard (72)
ns ✓ ns ✓ ns ns ns ns
Orientation ?&l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Page Side Selection2 ?&a#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Job Separation ?&l1T ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Finish Mode ?&b#F ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 For some HP LaserJet printers, the custom size is configurable via the control panel.
2 On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.
1-28 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
PAGE CONTROL (continued)
Paper (Media) Source ?&l#H
In Tray (current tray)(0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1st Cassette (Main Paper
Src.) (1)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray (2) ✓ ✓ ✓2 ✓ ✓2 ✓ ✓ ✓
Manual Feed Tray (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓2 ✓ ✓ ✓
MultiPurpose Tray (4) ✓ ✓ ✓2 ✓ ✓2 ✓ ✓ ✓
2nd Cassette (Opt.
Source) (5)
✓ ✓ ✓2 ✓ ✓2 ✓ ✓ ✓
Envelope Feeder (6) ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓2 ✓ ✓ ✓
Auto Select (7) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓2 ✓ ✓ ✓
3rd Cassette(8) ns ✓ ✓2 ✓ ✓2 ns ns ✓
HCI Trays 2-21 (20-39) ns ns ✓3 ✓ ✓2 ✓ ✓ ✓
Output (Media) Bin ?&l#G
Automatic (0) ns ns ns2 ns2 ns2 ns ns ns
Destination Tray 1 (1) ✓ ✓ ns2 ns2 ns2 ✓ ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 2 (2) ✓ ✓ ns2 ns2 ns2 ✓ ✓ ✓
Destination Tray 3 (3) ns ns ns2 ns2 ns2 ns ns ns
Print Direction ?&a#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Text Path Dir. ?&c#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Left Margin ?&a#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Right Margin ?&a#M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Clear Horizontal Margins ?9 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Top Margin ?&l#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Length ?&l#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Perforation Skip ?&l#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Horizontal Motion Index ?&k#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Motion Index ?&l#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Spacing ?&l#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
ALPHANUMERIC ID (Media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID ?&n#W[operation] [string] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 The LaserJet 4500 series printers support any Alphanumeric ID command that does not reference anything stored on a hard disk.
2 For these printers, see the printer-specific sections in Chapter 2.
3 The LaserJet 4000 series printers support HCI trays 2 – 41 (20 – 59)
ENWW Printer Features 1-29
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
CURSOR POSITIONING
Horizontal Position ?&a#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Position ?&a#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*p#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&a#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Half Line Feed ?= ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Line Termination ?&k#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Push/Pop Position ?&f#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
FONT SELECTION
The Primary font commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing the left parenthesis “(” in the command with a right
parenthesis “)”.
Symbol Set (Primary) ?(ID ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Spacing (Primary) ?(s#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pitch (Primary) ?(s#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Height (Primary) ?(s#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Style (Primary) ?(s#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Stroke Weight (Primary) ?(s#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Typeface (Primary) ?(s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Selection By ID # (Pri.) ?(#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Default Font (Primary) ?(3@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Underline ?&d#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?&d@ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transparent Print Data ?&p#X[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Text Parsing Method ?&t#P ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
FONT MANAGEMENT
Assign Font ID # ?*c#D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Font Control ?*c#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
USER-DEFINED SYMBOL SET
Symbol Set ID Code ?*c#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Define Symbol Set ?(f#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Symbol Set Control ?*c#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1-30 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
SOFT FONT CREATION
Font Descriptor ?)s#W[data]
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ✓ ✓ ns
Character Code ?*c#E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Download Character ?(s#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
MACROS
Macro ID ?&f#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Macro Control ?&f#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PRINT MODEL IMAGING
Source Transparency Mode ?*v#N ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern Transparency Mode ?*v#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Area Fill (Pattern) ID ?*c#G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Select Current Pattern ?*v#T
Solid Black (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Solid White (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP Shading Pattern (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern (3)
(HP-hatch Pattern)
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern (4) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Logical Operation ?*l#O ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pixel Placement ?*l#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
USER-DEFINED PATTERN
Define (Download) Pattern ?*c#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 32767 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Range: 0 – 65535 ✓ ✓ ns
Set Pattern Reference Point ?*p#R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern Control ?*c#Q ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-31
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
RASTER GRAPHICS
Raster Resolution ?*t#R
75 Dots/Inch (75) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
100 Dots/Inch (100) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
150 Dots/Inch (150) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
200 Dots/Inch (200)1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
300 Dots/Inch (300) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
600 Dots/Inch (600)1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Graphics Presentation ?*r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height (Source) ?*r#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Height (Destination) ?*t#V ns ns ns 3 ns ns ns 3
Raster Width (Source) ?*r#S ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Raster Width (Destination) ?*t#H ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Scale Algorithm ?*t#K ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
Start Raster Graphics ?*r#A
At logical page left limit(0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At CAP (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
At logic. page left limit,
scaling ON (2)
ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
At CAP, scaling ON (3) ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Y Offset ?*b#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Compression Mode ?*b#M
Unencoded (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Run-Length Encoded (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
TIFF Encoded (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Delta Row Encoded (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Mode 5 Adaptive (5) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Replacement Delta Row (9) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Transfer Raster (Row/Block) ?*b#W[data] ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Transfer Raster (Plane) ?*b#V[data] ns ns ns 3 ns ns ns ✓
End Graphics
Version B ?*rB ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Version C (Preferred) ?*rC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 Supported if printer resolution is 600 dpi.
1-32 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
RECTANGULAR AREA FILL
Horizontal Rectangle Size ?*c#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Rectangle Size ?*c#B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
?*c#V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID) ?*c#G
1-100 for Shading ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1-6 for Cross-hatch ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
0-32767 for User-defined ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Fill Rectangle Area ?*c#P
Black (solid) (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
(Solid) White (erase) (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Shaded (gray) (2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Cross-hatch Pattern (3) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
User-defined Pattern (4) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Current Pattern (5) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
STATUS READBACK
Set Status Readback Location
Type
?*s#T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Status Readback Location Unit ?*s#U ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Inquire Status Readback Entity ?*s#I ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Free Space ?*s1M ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Flush All Pages ?&r#F ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Echo ?*s#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
ENWW Printer Features 1-33
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
PICTURE FRAME (for Vector Graphics)
Picture Frame Horiz. Size ?*c#X ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Picture Frame Vert. Size ?*c#Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Set Picture Frame Anchor Point ?*c0T ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size ?*c#K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size ?*c#L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Enter HP-GL/2 ?%#B
_Stand-alone plotter (-1) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
_Previous HP-GL (0) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
_Current PCL CAP (1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
_Current PCL coordinates and
old HP-GL/2 (2)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
_Current PCL coordinates and
current CAP (3)
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Enter PCL Mode ?%#A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
PROGRAMMING HINTS
Display Functions
On ?Y ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Off ?Z ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
End-Of-Line Wrap ?&s#C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1-34 Printer Features ENWW
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
PCL 5 COLOR COMMANDS
Assign Color Index ?*v#I ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Color Component 1 ?*v#A ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Color Component 2 ?*v#B ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Color Component 3 ?*v#C ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Color Lookup Tables ?*l#W[data] ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
Configure Image Data ?*v#W[data] ns ns ns ✓1 ns ns ns ✓
Download Dither Matrix ?*m#W ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
Driver Function Config. ?*o3W643 ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ns
?*o3W646 ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ns
?*o3W647 ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ns
Foreground Color ?*v#S ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Gamma Correction ?*t#I ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
Monochrome Print Mode ?&b#M ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Palette Control ID ?&p#I ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Palette Control ?&p#C ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Push/Pop Palette ?*p#P ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Render Algorithm ?*t#J
Range: 0 – 8 ns ns ns 0,3
only
ns ns ns ✓
Range: 9 – 10 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
Range: 11 – 14 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
Range: 15 – 19 ns ns ns 15,18
only
ns ns ns ✓
Select Palette ?&p#S ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Set Viewing Illuminant ?*i#W[data] ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ✓
Simple Color ?*r#U ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1 The HP LaserJet 4500 Series printers do not support Luminance-Chrominance and CIE Lab, the long form of RGB/CMY, and the long form
of cRGB
ENWW Printer Features 1-35
Table 1-1C. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION COMMAND
1100
Series
2100
Series
4000
Series
4500
Series
5000
Series
8000
Series
8100
Series
8500
Series
HP-GL/2 GRAPHICS
HP-GL/2—Commands listed in
Table A-2 except as shown below
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Advance Full Page PG ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ns
Bezier BR, BZ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Begin Plot BP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Chord Tolerance Mode CT ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
(Relative) Color Range CR ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Download Character DL ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Fill Type FT
Odd/Even ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Non-Zero Winding ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Frame Advance FR ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Label origin LO
1-9 / 11-19 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Media Type MT ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Merge Control MC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Number of Pens NP ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Output Error OE ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output Hardcopy Limits OH ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output Identification OI ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output P1 and P2 OP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Output Status OS ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Pen Color Assignment PC ns ns ns ✓ ns ns ns ✓
Pixel Placement PP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Plot Size PS ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Quality Level QL ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Replot RP ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
✓ Indicates a command is supported. ns – Indicates a command is not supported.
1-36 Printer Features ENWW
Printable Area
The relationships between physical page, logical page, default picture
frame, and printable area are illustrated in Figures 1-1 and 1-2. The
tables list the variations in sizes for the different physical page sizes.
For more information concerning printable area or logical/physical
page differences, consult the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical
Reference Manual.
ENWW Printer Features 1-37
Figure 1-1 Portrait Logical Page and Printable Area Boundaries
DIMENSIONS (in dots at 300 DPI – double for 600 DPI)
PAPER SIZE A B C D E F G H
Portrait Dimensions
Letter 2550 3300 2400 3300 75 0 50 150
Legal 2550 4200 2400 4200 75 0 50 150
Ledger 3300 5100 3150 5100 75 0 50 150
Executive 2175 3150 2025 3150 75 0 50 150
A4 2480 3507 2338 3507 71 0 50 150
A3 3507 4960 3365 4960 71 0 50 150
Com-10 1237 2850 1087 2850 75 0 50 150
Monarch 1162 2250 1012 2250 75 0 50 150
C5 1913 2704 1771 2704 71 0 50 150
B5 2078 2952 1936 2952 71 0 50 150
DL 1299 2598 1157 2598 71 0 50 150
JIS B4 3035 4299 2893 4299 71 0 50 150
JIS B5 2149 3035 2007 3035 71 0 50 150
Hagaki 1181 1748 1039 1748 71 0 50 150
Oufuku-hagaki 1748 2362 1606 2362 71 0 50 150
1-38 Printer Features ENWW
Figure 1-2 Landscape Logical Page and Printable Area Boundaries
DIMENSIONS (in dots at 300 DPI – double for 600 DPI)
PAPER SIZE A B C D E F G H
Portrait Dimensions
Letter 2550 3300 2400 3300 75 0 50 150
Legal 2550 4200 2400 4200 75 0 50 150
Ledger 3300 5100 3150 5100 75 0 50 150
Executive 2175 3150 2025 3150 75 0 50 150
A4 2480 3507 2338 3507 71 0 50 150
A3 3507 4960 3365 4960 71 0 50 150
Com-10 1237 2850 1087 2850 75 0 50 150
Monarch 1162 2250 1012 2250 75 0 50 150
C5 1913 2704 1771 2704 71 0 50 150
B5 2078 2952 1936 2952 71 0 50 150
DL 1299 2598 1157 2598 71 0 50 150
JIS B4 3035 4299 2893 4299 71 0 50
JIS B5 2149 3035 2007 3035 71 0 50
Hagaki 1181 1748 1039 1748 71 0 50 150
Oufuku-hagaki 1748 2362 1606 2362 71 0 50 150
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-1
2Printer-Specific
Differences
Introduction
Each Hewlett-Packard printer implements minor variations of PCL 5
in order to best suit its intended use. This chapter describes specific
differences that are important when developing applications for the
various PCL 5 printers. The sections in this chapter describe such
information as new commands not contained in the PCL 5 Printer
Language Technical Reference Manual, and other miscellaneous
differences in PCL operation particular to that printer.
Note For information about products newer than those included in this
book, see the PCL5 Comparison Guide Addendum, which includes
product-specific information about newer products, as well as
commands and variables added to support these newer products.
HP LaserJet III and IIID Printers
With the introduction of the HP LaserJet III printer, Hewlett-Packard
introduced the PCL 5 printer language. The PCL 5 printer language
incorporated many new features over the PCL 4 language. A few of
the more significant features included such things as the addition of a
scalable font technology, HP-GL/2 vector graphics language support,
print model features, raster graphics enhancements, and the Print
Direction command.
The HP LaserJet IIID printer language support is basically identical to
the HP LaserJet III printer except for the addition of the duplex
feature, dual input bin, envelope feeder support and their associated
commands (see Table 1-1).
2-2 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP LaserJet IIISi Printer
Several new PCL features were added to the PCL 5 language with the
release of the HP LaserJet IIISi printer. These new features are
summarized in Table 2-1 below.
Table 2-1. PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet IIISi Printer
HP LaserJet IIIP Printer
Several new PCL features were added to the PCL 5 language with the
release of the HP LaserJet IIIP printer. These new features are
summarized in Table 2-2. One new feature listed here is adaptive
compression (method 5) for the Raster Compression Mode
command. In addition to compressing data for transmission, if certain
rules are followed (discussed below), the HP LaserJet IIIP printer will
store adaptive compressed data in compressed format and only
decompress it when required for printing. There are certain
requirements which must be met for this data to be stored in
compressed format. These requirements are discussed following
Table 2-2.
Feature Status Comments
Number of Copies Modified Greater range, 1 to 32,767.
Page Size Modified C5 Envelopes not supported.
Output Bin Selection
Command
New Allows programmatic selection of
upper or lower output paper bins.
End Raster Graphics
Command
New/Modified Modified version of the existing End
Raster Graphics command.
Job Separation New Command Causes the paper stacker to shift
positions to offset the output paper
stack.
Fonts New Additions Four variations of Univers
Condensed; ITC Zapf Dingbats in
five symbol sets.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-3
Table 2-2. HP LaserJet IIIP PCL Feature Additions
Feature/Command Status Comments
Set Compression Method Modified Adds Adaptive Compression method to the
Set Compression Method command.
End Raster Graphics
Command
Modified Modified version of the End Raster
Graphics command.
User-defined Patterns New Enables users to define and download
their own user-defined pattern.
User-defined Pattern
Command
New
Feature
Used to download the binary data for
user-defined pattern.
Set Pattern Reference Point
Command
New Sets pattern reference point.
Pattern Control Command New Used to make user-defined patterns
permanent or temporary, or to delete them.
Select Pattern & Fill
Rectangular Area
Commands
Modified Adds a parameter to support user-defined
patterns.
Pattern ID Command Modified In addition to selecting internal patterns,
this command is now used to assign an ID
to a user-defined pattern as well as to
select patterns. Also, parameter range is
extended from 100 to 32,767.
User-defined Symbol Sets New
Feature
Enables user to build a symbol set which
contains user-selected characters.
Define Symbol Set
Command
New Identifies the characters for a user-defined
symbol set.
Symbol Set ID Code
Command
New Assigns a number for identification to the
user-defined symbol set.
Symbol Set Control
Command
New Used to make user-defined symbol sets
permanent or temporary, or to delete them.
Unbound Scalable Fonts New
Feature
Allows typefaces (unbound fonts), not just
fonts (bound fonts) to be downloaded to
the printer.
Unbound Scalable Font
Descriptor
New Addition of a new header used for unbound
fonts (font type 10).
2-4 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Raster Graphics Adaptive Compression (IIIP)
Adaptive compression was added to the PCL language with the
introduction of the HP LaserJet IIIP printer. Adaptive compression (or
method 5 as it is referred to) is a method for compressing raster data
using the raster Set Compression Method command (parameter
value 5). (Refer to the Set Compression Method command in the
PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference manual for detailed
information on using this compression technique.) Also, refer to
Chapter 5 in this document, “Raster Graphics Adaptive Compression
(Method 5)” for additional information.
HP LaserJet 4 Printer
Several new PCL features were added to the PCL 5 language with the
release of the HP LaserJet 4 printer. These new features are
summarized in Table 2-3. Most of these features are described in the
revised PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual (part
number 5961-0509). (This revised technical reference manual is
supplied as part of the Technical Reference Documentation Package
which can be obtained by ordering part number 5961-0601.) In
addition, there are some additional differences for the HP LaserJet 4
printer that are not covered in the technical reference manual but are
described below.
Note The HP LaserJet 4M printer, in addition to PCL, contains PostScript
and a LocalTalk I/O for printing in the Macintosh environment. PCL
operation and the PCL internal fonts for this printer are identical to the
HP LaserJet 4 printer. Thus, for PCL information for the
HP LaserJet 4M printer, refer to the HP LaserJet 4 printer features.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-5
Table 2-3. PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet 4
Feature/Command Support Comments
Adaptive Compression System New Adaptive compression system enables the printer to
compress internal raster data when memory becomes
low. This operation occurs automatically; there are no
PCL commands for this feature (refer to Chapter 5 for
ADC information).
Configuration Command New Allows PCL jobs to be printed (using LocalTalk or
EtherTalk MIO) using AppleTalk protocol.
Number of Copies Modified Supports 1-32,767 copies as does the HP LaserJet IIISi
printer.
Units of Measure Command New Allows selection of the units of measure for cursor
moves, drawing rules, and for character spacing (font
metrics).
Page Size Modified A parameter value is added for B5 envelope size; the
HP LaserJet 4 printer supports the four standard paper
sizes and five envelope sizes.
Bitmap Font Support New Header Printer will expand 300 dpi bitmap fonts to 600 dpi. A
new 300/600 dpi bitmap font descriptor has been added
to allow bitmap fonts to be created that work at either
1/300 or 1/600 inch printer resolution.
Scalable Font Support New Header A new Universal header has been added to allow
design of typefaces of different scaling technologies to
be supported by one header. This header is used to
support TrueType on the HP LaserJet 4 printer. (This
header will be used to support any other new scaling
technologies HP may add in the future).
TrueType New TrueType scaling technology support has been added to
the printer.
Internal Typefaces New Several new Intellifont and TrueType internal typefaces
(and supporting symbol sets) are now provided in the
printer.
Raster Resolution Command Modified Parameter values have been added to support raster
resolutions of 200 dpi and 600 dpi.
User-defined Pattern New Header A new 300/600 dpi user-defined pattern header has
been added to support patterns that work at either
1/300 or 1/600 inch printer resolution.
Continued on next page.
2-6 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Table 2-3. PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet 4 (continued)
Feature/Command Support Comments
Status Readback New Feature The addition of 6 new status readback commands
enable the user to receive certain information back
from the printer about fonts, symbol sets, macros,
user-defined patterns, and available memory.
Location Type Command New Used to specify a status readback type of location
(current, all, internal, downloaded, cartridge, SIMMs).
Location Unit Command New Specifies a status readback location unit (all,
temporary or permanent, highest-lowest priority,
specific SIMM).
Inquire Entity Command New Requests the status from the location (type and unit)
specified for fonts, symbol sets, macros, or
user-defined patterns.
Flush All Pages Command New Allows the user to clear page data from printer
memory.
Free Memory Command New This command returns the current available memory.
Echo Command New Allows the user to send a unique ID number to the
printer to be used as a “place holder.”
Bezier Curve Commands New HP-GL/2 commands (relative and absolute) that allow
a user to draw complex curves with less data required
than that required for arcs.
Label Origin Modified Label position LO 21 is provided for correct alignment
of HP-GL/2 text with PCL text.
Fill Polygon Modified Previously, the HP-GL/2 Fill Polygon command filled
polygons using the odd/even fill technique. A second
technique, non-zero winding fill, has been added.
Macros Modified HP-GL/2 is now supported in macros.
Configuration Command New Added to allow the user to communicate with the MIO
card in the printer.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-7
Configuration Command (AppleTalk)
The Configuration command allows a user to send PCL jobs to the
printer over AppleTalk. This data is sent in the form of “key/value” data
pairs (refer to “AppleTalk Configuration” below for more information).
?&b#W [key][value]
AppleTalk Configuration
The HP LaserJet 4 printer can be configured to receive PCL print jobs
over an AppleTalk connection using the Configuration command. The
HP LaserJet 4 MIO AppleTalk interfaces support three key values:
RENAME, JOB, and TYPE. These keys are used for configuring an
installed LocalTalk or EtherTalk MIO card to allow PCL print jobs
generated by a Macintosh host to be printed.
# = Number of data bytes that follow command
Default = 0
Range = 0 – 32767
[key] can be 1 character through 32765 characters.
[value] can be 1 character through 32765 characters.
2-8 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Note PostScript in the HP LaserJet 4 printer supports the PostScript level 1
operators setprintername, AppleTalktype, and jobname, and the
PostScript level 2 setdevparams operator to allow PostScript print
jobs to change the Name Binding Protocol (NBP) printer name and
printer type, as well as change the print job name.
MIO sub-system in the printer accepts a new NBP printer name, NBP
printer type, and job name from either the PCL or PostScript
personalities. The printer passes that information across the MIO
interface to the installed MIO card which indicated support for the
MIO AppleTalk extensions. The MIO sub-system will treat the PCL
NBP type and the PostScript NBP type separately.
For information about AppleTalk Name Binding Protocol refer to
Inside AppleTalk published by Addison Wesley Company, Inc.
RENAME
RENAME changes the printer name portion of the printer’s AppleTalk
Name Binding Protocol name field.
?&b#WRENAMEprintername
Valid characters for the printer name include 0-255 except for
characters $00, “@” ($40), “:” ($3A), “*” ($2A), “=” ($3D), and $C5.
The printername must contain at least one character, and only the
first 31 characters are used. If an invalid character ($00 is not treated
as an invalid character) is contained in the printername, the printer
will ignore the escape sequence. If the printer encounters the NULL
($00) character, the printer uses the NULL character to terminate the
printer name. All the characters preceding the NULL will be used. If
another device on the AppleTalk network uses the same printer
name, another character is added to the end of the printer name.
The default printername is the printer model (for example,
“HP LaserJet 4”).
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-9
JOB
JOB renames the current job name.
?&b#WJOBjobname
All characters are valid. For the job name the first 127 characters are
used.
There is no default jobname.
TYPE
TYPE changes the type (device type) portion of the printer’s
AppleTalk Name Binding Protocol type field.
?&b#WTYPEdevicetype
Valid characters for the device type include 0-255 except for
characters $00, “@” ($40), “:” ($3A), “*” ($2A), “=” ($3D), and $C5.
The devicetype must contain at least one character, and only the first
31 characters are used. If an invalid character ($00 is not treated as
an invalid character) is contained in the devicetype, the printer will
ignore the escape sequence. If the printer encounters the NULL ($00)
character in the devicetype, it uses the NULL character to terminate
the device type. All the characters preceding the NULL will be used
as the devicetype. If the device type is invalid then the printer’s type is
not changed.
The default device type for PCL is “HP LaserJet 4” and for PostScript
is “LaserWriter”.
2-10 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP LaserJet 4Si Printer
The HP LaserJet 4Si printer is the follow-on to the HP LaserJet IIISi
printer. The HP LaserJet 4Si printer contains many new PCL features
over the HP LaserJet IIISi. PCL support for the HP LaserJet 4Si
printer is identical to the HP LaserJet 4 printer except for the addition
of the duplex feature, dual output bin (see Table 1-1) and resource
saving.
Like the HP LaserJet IIISi printer, the HP LaserJet 4Si supports the
HP LaserJet IIISi features listed in Table 2-1 with two exceptions.
First, is that the HP LaserJet 4Si does not support ITC Zapf Dingbats.
Font support for the HP LaserJet 4Si is identical to the HP LaserJet 4
printer (refer to Chapter 3, “Internal Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol
Sets,” for complete font support information). The other exception
concerns job separation. The PCL Job Separation command is not
supported. The HP LaserJet 4Si printer handles job separation
through the control panel. If a PCL Job Separation command is
received by the printer it will be ignored. Refer to the HP LaserJet 4Si
User’s Manual (part number C2010-90901) for additional information.
Resource saving, a new feature in the HP LaserJet 4Si printer, allows
saving information for the current language (PCL or PostScript) when
switching to the other language. If resource saving is enabled (from
the control panel or PJL; no PCL commands are required for this
operation), all the permanent fonts, macros, and user-defined
patterns plus some other miscellaneous data is saved in a reserved
portion of printer memory. This data is stored until the language is
enabled again. When the language is re-enabled, the stored data will
be made available for use.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-11
HP LaserJet 4L Printer
The HP LaserJet 4L printer is a smaller, low-cost HP LaserJet printer.
The control panel on this printer is limited to one button with four
indicators. Many of the control panel functions must be controlled
programmatically using Hewlett-Packard’s Printer Job Language
(refer to the Printer Job Language Technical Reference Manual, part
number 5021-0380 for detailed PJL information).
The HP LaserJet 4L printer PCL command features are identical to
those of the HP LaserJet 4 printer PCL features, except for some
differences in parameter values (such as for paper source—refer to
Table 1-1). Additional features which do not require PCL command
control include EconoMode and HP Memory Enhancement
technology (MEt). EconoMode causes the printer to print less dots,
thus saving toner. Memory Enhancement technology involves some
memory saving techniques to better utilize available memory (refer to
Chapter 5, “Memory Usage” for additional information).
Typefaces in the HP LaserJet 4L printer are different from those of the
HP LaserJet 4 printer. The HP LaserJet 4 printer contains both
Intellifont and TrueType scaling technologies, but the 4L contains only
Intellifont scaling technology. Thus, the 4L does not contain any of the
TrueType typefaces, with one modification. The TrueType Wingdings
typeface has been converted to Intellifont format and is available in
the printer as an Intellifont typeface (refer to Chapter 3, “Internal
Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets” for additional information). The
Line Printer bitmap font is not present on the HP LaserJet 4L printer.
2-12 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP LaserJet 4ML Printer
The HP LaserJet 4ML printer is similar to the HP LaserJet 4L printer,
however, the 4ML includes PostScript and a LocalTalk I/O for printing
in the Macintosh environment. The HP LaserJet 4ML printer also
includes some new PCL features: print model logical operation
(ROP3) and pixel placement, as described on the following pages.
The HP LaserJet 4ML supports the typefaces that the HP LaserJet 4
printer supports. Several of the typefaces in the HP LaserJet 4ML
printer have additional support for the Latin 2 and Latin 5 symbol sets
(refer to Chapter 3, “Internal Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets,” for
complete font support information). The Line Printer bitmap font is not
present on the HP LaserJet 4L printer.
Table 2-4. PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet 4ML
Feature Status Comments
Paper (Job) Size
Command
Modified An additional parameter (101) has been
added to provide support for custom size.
Logical Operations New Modifies the print model to allow logical
operations (such as AND, OR, XOR, NOT) to
be performed on source, texture, and
destination.
Pixel Placement (PCL) New Allows user to select either grid intersection
or grid centered placement of pixels when
rendering an image in PCL.
Pixel Placement
(HP-GL/2)
New Allows user to select either grid intersection
or grid centered placement of pixels when
rendering an image in HP-GL/2.
Merge Control New Allows the user to use logical operations
(ROP’s) in HP-GL/2.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-13
Logical Operations
With the introduction of the HP LaserJet 4ML printer the print model
was expanded to include logical operations.
The basic print model defines how a pattern, source image, and
destination image are applied to each other using the print model’s
transparent and opaque modes to produce a resulting image (refer to
the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual for detailed
information about the basic print model operation). The Logical
Operations (?*l#O) command can apply logical functions (e.g.,
AND, OR, XOR, NOT) to any of these operands except transparency,
which must be specified first.
The print model process consists of the following steps:
1 Specify source and/or pattern transparency modes, if desired.
2 Specify the logical operation (or use the default).
3 Define the desired operands (source, destination, pattern).
Definitions
Source: The source image may be one of the following:
• HP-GL/2 primitives
• Rules
• Characters
• Raster images (single plane mask or multiplane color)
Destination: The destination image contains whatever is currently
defined on the page. It includes any images placed through previous
operations.
Pattern or Texture: The pattern is defined by Current Pattern
(?*v#T). The terms pattern and texture are used interchangeably in
this section.
Transparency Modes: The white pixels of the source and/or pattern
may be made transparent (source transparency 0, pattern
transparency 0). The destination shows through these areas.
Transparency modes are set by the Source Transparency (?*v#N)
and Pattern Transparency (?*v#O) commands (refer to the PCL 5
Printer Language Technical Reference Manual).
2-14 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
The print model allows logical operations, such as AND, OR, XOR,
NOT, to be performed on source, texture, and destination images.
Transparency modes and Logical Operation must be specified before
printable data is sent.
Operators
• Source Transparency (specified before logical operation;
default is transparent)
• Pattern Transparency (specified before logical operation;
default is transparent)
• Logical Operators (default is Texture OR Source)
Operands
• Source objects: character cell, raster image, rule, HP-GL/2
vectors and polygons
• Texture: pattern mask
• Destination: current page definition
Assuming three bits per pixel, the following diagram shows the print
model process.
Note The Logical Operation command (?*l#O) provides 255 possible
logical operations. All of these logic operations map directly to their
ROP3 (raster operation) counterparts (see the Microsoft Document,
Reference, Volume 2, Chapter 11, Binary and Ternary Raster
Operation Codes).
The logical operations were defined by Microsoft Windows for an
RGB color space (a “1” is white and a “0” is black).
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-15
Logical Operations and Transparency
Interactions
As described above, transparency modes operate in addition to
logical operations. The logical operations in Table 2-5, Logical
Operations (ROP3), on the following pages, are true only if source
and pattern transparency (for white pixels) are explicitly set to opaque
(?*v1N and ?*v1O). If source and/or pattern transparency modes
are transparent (defaulted), the additional operations shown on the
following page must be performed to achieve the final result.
The four basic interactions are:
• Case 1: Source and Pattern are opaque.
Return ROP3 (Dest, Src, Texture).
• Case 2: Source is opaque, Pattern is transparent.
Temporary_ROP3 = ROP3 (Dest, Src, Texture).
Image_A = Temporary_ROP3, & Not Src.
Image_B = Temporary_ROP3 & Pattern.
Image_C = Not Pattern & Src & Dest.
Return Image_A | Image_B | Image_C
• Case 3: Source is transparent, Pattern is opaque.
Temporary_ROP3 = ROP3 (Dest, Src, Texture).
Image_A = Temporary_ROP3 & Src.
Image_B = Dest & Not Src.
Return Image_A | Image_B
• Case 4: Source and Pattern are transparent
Temporary_ROP3 = ROP3 (Dest, Src, Texture).
Image_A = Temporary_ROP3 & Src & Pattern.
Image_B = Dest & Not Src.
Image_C = Dest & Not Pattern.
Return Image_A | Image_B | Image_C.
2-16 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Logical Operation Command
Specifies the logical operation to be performed in RGB color space on
the destination, source and texture to produce new destination data.
?*l#O
Note When source and/or pattern transparency modes are set opaque (not
defaulted), values specified by this command map directly to the
ROP3 (raster operation) table values on the following page. However,
when source and/or pattern transparency modes are set transparent,
the additional operations shown on the previous page must be
performed to achieve the final result.
Logical operations in the table are shown in RPN (reverse polish
notation). For example, the value 225 corresponds to TDSoxn, the
logical function of
NOT (texture XOR (source OR destination))
Note This command is the PCL Version of the HP-GL/2 MC command.
This command sets the ROP value which affects not only PCL
operation but also the HP-GL/2 ROP value.
# = Logical operation value (see Table 2-6)
Default = 252 (TSo)
Range = 0 to 255
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-17
Example:
The Logical Operation default value is 252 (TSo), corresponding to a
logical function of:
(texture | source)
The result is computed below for both case 1 (source and pattern
opaque) and case 4 (source and pattern transparent) on the previous
page. Note that the ROP3 value of 252 results only with case 1, when
both source and pattern transparency modes are set to opaque.
Table 2-5. Logical Operation (ROP3)
Each column of destination, source, and texture values are the input
to the logical function. The result, 252, is the value that would be sent
to identify the logical operation (source and pattern transparency
modes are opaque). The last row, “ROP3 + Transparencies (source &
pattern are transparent)” shows the result if source and pattern
transparency modes are transparent (the default transparency mode).
Bits
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Texture 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
Source 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
Destination 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
ROP3 (source & pattern are opaque) 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0
(decimal 252)
ROP3 Transparencies
(source & pattern are transparent)
1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0
2-18 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Table of Logical Operations
Table 2-6, Logical Operations (ROP3), shows the mapping between
input values and their logical operations. Note that the logical
operations are specified as RPN (reverse polish notation) equations.
Here is a key to describe what the Boolean Function values mean;
Note Since logical operations are interpreted in RGB space (white = 1 and
black = 0) rather than in CMY space (white = 0 and black = 1), the
results may not be intuitive. For example, ORing a white object with a
black object in RGB space yields a white object. This is the same as
ANDing the two objects in CMY space. It must be remembered that
the printer operates in something similar to a CMY space and inverts
the bits and reverses the order.
S = Source a = AND
T = Texture o = OR
D = Destination n = NOT
x = EXCLUSIVE OR
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-19
Table 2-6. Logical Operations (ROP3)
Input Value Boolean Function Input Value Boolean Function
0 0 27 SDTSxaxn
1 DTSoon 28 TSDTaox
2 DTSona 29 DSTDxaxn
3 TSon 30 TDSox
4 SDTona 31 TDSoan
5 DTon 32 DTSnaa
6 TDSxnon 33 SDTxon
7 TDSaon 34 DSna
8 SDTnaa 35 STDnaon
9 TDSxon 36 STxDSxa
10 DTna 37 TDSTanaxn
11 TSDnaon 38 SDTSaox
12 STna 39 SDTSxnox
13 TDSnaon 40 DTSxa
14 TDSonon 41 TSDTSaoxxn
15 Tn 42 DTSana
16 TDSona 43 SSTxTDxaxn
17 DSon 44 STDSoax
18 SDTxnon 45 TSDnox
19 SDTaon 46 TSDTxox
20 DTSxnon 47 TSDnoan
21 DTSaon 48 TSna
22 TSDTSanaxx 49 SDTnaon
23 SSTxDSxaxn 50 SDTSoox
24 STxTDxa 51 Sn
25 SDTSanaxn 52 STDSaox
26 TDSTaox 53 STDSxnox
2-20 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Table 2-6. Logical Operations (ROP3) continued
Input Value Boolean Function Input Value Boolean Function
54 SDTox 81 DSTnaon
55 SDToan 82 DTSDaox
56 TSDToax 83 STDSxaxn
57 STDnox 84 DTSonon
58 STDSxox 85 Dn
59 STDnoan 86 DTSox
60 TSx 87 DTSoan
61 STDSonox 88 TDSToax
62 STDSnaox 89 DTSnox
63 TSan 90 DTx
64 TSDnaa 91 DTSDonox
65 DTSxon 92 DTSDxox
66 SDxTDxa 93 DTSnoan
67 STDSanaxn 94 DTSDnaox
68 SDna 95 DTan
69 DTSnaon 96 TDSxa
70 DSTDaox 97 DSTDSaoxxn
71 TSDTxaxn 98 DSTDoax
72 SDTxa 99 SDTnox
73 TDSTDaoxxn 100 SDTSoax
74 DTSDoax 101 DSTnox
75 TDSnox 102 DSx
76 SDTana 103 SDTSonox
77 SSTxDSxoxn 104 DSTDSonoxxn
78 TDSTxox 105 TDSxxn
79 TDSnoan 106 DTSax
80 TDna 107 TSDTSoaxxn
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-21
Table 2-6. Logical Operations (ROP3) continued
Input Value Boolean Function Input Value Boolean Function
108 SDTax 135 TDSaxn
109 TDSTDoaxxn 136 DSa
110 SDTSnoax 137 SDTSnaoxn
111 TDSxnan 138 DSTnoa
112 TDSana 139 DSTDxoxn
113 SSDxTDxaxn 140 SDTnoa
114 SDTSxox 141 SDTSxoxn
115 SDTnoan 142 SSDxTDxax
116 DSTDxox 143 TDSanan
117 DSTnoan 144 TDSxna
118 SDTSnaox 145 SDTSnoaxn
119 DSan 146 DTSDToaxx
120 TDSax 147 STDaxn
121 DSTDSoaxxn 148 TSDTSoaxx
122 DTSDnoax 149 DTSaxn
123 SDTxnan 150 DTSxx
124 STDSnoax 151 TSDTSonoxx
125 DTSxnan 152 SDTSonoxn
126 STxDSxo 153 DSxn
127 DTSaan 154 DTSoaxn
128 DTSaa 155 SDTSoaxn
129 STxDSxon 156 STDnax
130 DTSxna 157 DSTDoaxn
131 STDSnoaxn 158 DSTDSaoxx
132 SDTxna 159 TDSxan
133 TDSTnoaxn 160 DTa
134 DSTDSoaxx 161 TDSTnaoxn
2-22 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Table 2-6. Logical Operations (ROP3) continued
Input Value Boolean Function Input Value Boolean Function
162 DTSnoa 189 SDxTDxan
163 DTSDxoxn 190 DTSxo
164 TDSTonoxn 191 DTSano
165 TDxn 192 TSa
166 DSTnax 193 STDSnaoxn
167 TDSToaxn 194 STDSonoxn
168 DTSoa 195 TSxn
169 DTSoxn 196 STDnoa
170 D 197 STDSxoxn
171 DTSono 198 SDTnax
172 STDSxax 199 TSDToaxn
173 DTSDaoxn 200 SDToa
174 DSTnao 201 STDoxn
175 DTno 202 DTSDxax
176 TDSnoa 203 STDSaoxn
177 TDSTxoxn 204 S
178 SSTxDSxox 205 SDTono
179 SDTanan 206 SDTnao
180 TSDnax 207 STno
181 DTSDoaxn 208 TSDnoa
182 DTSDTaoxx 209 TSDTxoxn
183 SDTxan 210 TDSnax
184 TSDTxax 211 STDSoaxn
185 DSTDaoxn 212 SSTxTDxax
186 DTSnao 213 DTSanan
187 DSno 214 TSDTSaoxx
188 STDSanax 215 DTSxan
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-23
Table 2-6. Logical Operations (ROP3) continued
Input Value Boolean Function Input Value Boolean Function
216 TDSTxax 236 SDTao
217 SDTSaoxn 237 SDTxno
218 DTSDanax 238 DSo
219 STxDSxan 239 SDTnoo
220 STDnao 240 T
221 SDno 241 TDSono
222 SDTxo 242 TDSnao
223 SDTano 243 TSno
224 TDSoa 244 TSDnao
225 TDSoxn 245 TDno
226 DSTDxax 246 TDSxo
227 TSDTaoxn 247 TDSano
228 SDTSxax 248 TDSao
229 TDSTaoxn 249 TDSxno
230 SDTSanax 250 DTo
231 STxTDxan 251 DTSnoo
232 SSTxDSxax 252 TSo
233 DSTDSanaxxn 253 TSDnoo
234 DTSao 254 DTSoo
235 DTSxno 255 1
2-24 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Pixel Placement Command
This command determines how pixels are rendered in images.
?*l # R
Two models are used for rendering pixels when an image is placed on
paper:
• Grid Intersection Model
• Grid Centered Model
This command can be invoked multiple times during a page. It has no
effect except to switch the model being used for imaging.
Note The PCL Pixel Placement command determines how pixels are
placed for both PCL and HP-GL/2 operation.
The example shown in Figure 2-1 illustrates the concepts of the two
models. Assume a rectangle extends from coordinate position (1,1) to
position (3,4). As shown below, each model produces a different
result. (Since PCL printers print only at intersections, grid centered
pixel placement is implemented as shown on the right.)
# = 0 – Grid intersection
1 – Grid centered
Default = 0
Range = 0, 1 (command is ignored for other values)
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-25
Figure 2-1 Pixel Placement
The grid centered model produces a rectangle that is one dot row
thinner and one dot row shorter than the grid intersection model. The
grid intersection model is the PCL default.
Note The grid centered method is used by Microsoft Windows.
2-26 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Placement Variations
PCL and HP-GL/2 (see following pages for HP-GL/2 pixel placement
command description) provide two pixel placement modes: grid
intersection (the default) and grid centered. Grid intersection places
pixels on the intersections of the grid (see Figure 2-2). Grid centered
places pixels in the center of the grid. In Figure 2-2, a rectangle
extends from position (1,1) to (3,4). The grid centered model
produces a rectangle one dot thinner and one dot shorter then the
grid intersection model.
When rectangular area fills are used and grid intersection is used, an
overlapping of pixels can occur if rectangular area fills are placed
adjacent to one another (as shown below). Depending on the raster
operation presently in effect, this overlap can produce undesirable
results in the final printed image. To avoid this problem, use the grid
centered method.
Note Since PCL printers print only at intersections, grid centered is
implemented as shown on the right.
Figure 2-2 Pixel Placement Variations
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-27
Pixel Placement Command (HP-GL/2)
The Pixel Placement (PP) command controls how pixels are placed
on the layout grid during polygon fills. Two pixel placement modes are
grid intersection or grid centered.
PP [mode] ;
Pixel Placement Command (HP-GL/2)
mode
The command is the HP-GL/2 version of the PCL Pixel Placement
command. Whatever mode is selected, using the HP-GL/2 PP
command also applies to PCL operation. Likewise the PCL Pixel
Placement command also affects HP-GL/2 pixel placement.
Note Microsoft Windows fills polygons based on grid centered method.
This command determines how pixels will be placed for both HP-GL/2
and PCL operation.
The PP command is not defaulted by an IN command.
Parameter Format Functional Range Default
mode clamped integer 0 or 1 0 (grid intersection)
0 = grid intersection; device draws pixels centered at grid
intersections (see Figure 2-1).
1 = grid centered; device draws pixels centered inside the boxes
created by the grid (see Figure 2-1).
2-28 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Merge Control Command (HP-GL/2)
The Merge Control (MC) command specifies the raster operation
(ROP’s) to be performed in HP-GL/2. Raster Operations specify how
source, destination, and patterns are combined to produce final
images. This command supports all 256 Microsoft Windows ternary
(ROP3) raster-operation codes.
MC [mode, [opcode] ] ;
Merge Control Command (HP-GL/2)
1 For opcode ROP values refer to Table 2-6, Logical Operation.
mode
Note This command is the HP-GL/2 version of the PCL Logical Operation
command.
This command sets a ROP value which affects not only HP-GL/2
operation but also the PCL ROP value.
The MC command is defaulted by an IN command.
Parameter Format Functional Range Default
mode clamped integer 0 or 1 0 (ROP 252)
opcode clamped integer 0…2551 168, 252
0 = opcode value is ignored; printer sets ROP to 252.
1 = opcode value is used as the ROP value. If no opcode value is
sent, printer sets ROP to 168. If opcode is out of range (some
value other then 0-255), the command is ignored and the
default ROP of 252 is used. (For example: MC1,60; MC1,60-;
MC1,+60; MC1,60+; all set the ROP to 60; however, MC1,-60;
or MC1,300; set the ROP to the default value (252).
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-29
Note When using the MC command, some pattern types will not produce
the expected ROP result. This only occurs when using the FT (Fill
Type) command pattern types 1, 2, 3, and 4, and the ROP includes an
XOR operation. (This problem is due to the fact that these patterns
are the result of a vector operation and do not produce raster data for
use by a ROP operation.) All other Fill Type command patterns
(types, 10, 11, 21, or 22) operate as expected.
opcode
The operation code (opcode) specifies the logical operations that are
performed on a source, destination, and patterned image prior to
drawing the final image. The opcodes are created by listing all
possible combinations of a single pattern, source and destination
pixel, and constructing the desired final pixel values. The following
table shows three common opcodes (also see Table 2-6).
Table 2-3. Common Opcodes
Pixel Combinations Desired Destination Values
Pattern Pixel Source Pixel Destination
Pixel
Source
Overwrite
Transparency
(TR command)
Source
Destination
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 1 1
0 1 0 1 1 1
0 1 1 1 1 0
1 0 0 0 0 0
1 0 1 0 1 1
1 1 0 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 0
Resulting Opcode 204 (0xCC) 238 (0xEE) 102 (0×66)
2-30 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP LaserJet 4P and 4MP Printers
The HP LaserJet 4P printer is the follow-on to the HP LaserJet IIIP
printer. The HP LaserJet 4MP printer is the multi-platform (PostScript)
version of the 4P printer. PCL operation and the internal fonts in these
two printers are identical to that of the HP LaserJet 4ML printer. The
4P and 4MP printers have a control panel unlike the 4L and 4ML
printers. Refer to Table 1-1, PCL Feature Support Matrix, for the
commands these printers support and to Chapter 3, “Internal
Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets,” for font support information.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-31
HP LaserJet 4PJ Printer
The HP LaserJet 4PJ printer is a modified version of the
HP LaserJet 4P printer designed specifically for the Japanese
market. The enhanced PCL 5 printer language in this printer includes
all of the PCL 5 features of the HP LaserJet 4P, plus special features
which specifically support the Asian printing market. These features
include large font support, support for vertical printing, and the ESC/P
printer language. Table 2-8 lists the PCL feature additions for this
printer.
Table 2-4. PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet 4PJ
Feature Status Comments
Text Parsing Method
Command
New Provides a method for specifying character
codes to select characters in large fonts
(> 256 characters).
Character Text Path
Direction Command
New Allows vertical printing for Asian markets,
which use both horizontal and vertical
printing.
Font Header Format Modified Adds Font Format 16, a font header which
supports large TrueType fonts. Five new font
header segments are supported.
Fonts New Additions
and Deletions
The resident typefaces are different than
those in the HP LaserJet 4P printer. Two
large fonts (fonts containing a large number
of characters) are included to support the
Japanese market: MS Mincho and MS
Gothic. The printer also contains some
Western TrueType typefaces (Arial and
Times Roman families). The printer does not
have any Intellifont typefaces except the
Courier family.
Page Size Command New Additions Adds support for JIS B5 paper (?&l45A)
and two Japanese postcard sizes: Hagaki
(?&l71A) and Oufuku-Hagaki (?&l72A).
Character
Enhancements
New Allows pseudo-bold and pseudo-italic
enhancements to be applied to MS Mincho,
MS Gothic, and certain downloaded
TrueType fonts.
2-32 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Descriptions of the Text Parsing Method Command, Character Text
Path Direction Command, and Font Format 16 are provided in the
following paragraphs. Following that, a “LaserJet 4PJ Programming
Tips” section offers examples and tips for performing specific tasks
using PCL 5.
Text Parsing Method Command
The Text Parsing Method command informs the PCL parser whether
character codes should be interpreted as 1-byte or 2-byte character
codes as described below.
?&t#P
If the value field is 21, character codes in the range 0×21-0xFF are
processed as the first byte of a two-byte character. The following byte
is processed as the second byte of the two-byte character. All
character codes outside this range are processed as one-byte values.
This method can be used for parsing characters in Asian seven-bit
encoding specifications, including JIS X0208 (Japan), GB 2312-80
(China), and KS C 5601-1992 (Korea).
If the value field is 31, character codes in the range 0×81-0×9F and
0xE0-0xFC are processed as the first byte of a two-byte character.
The following byte is processed as the second byte of the two-byte
character. All character codes outside this range are processed as
one-byte values. This method can be used for parsing characters in
the Shift-JIS encoding specification.
# = 0, 1 – All character codes are processed as one-byte
characters.
21 – Character codes are processed as one-byte or two-byte
characters as described below.
31 – Character codes are processed as one-byte or two-byte
characters as described below.
38 – Character codes are processed as one-byte or two-byte
characters as described below.
Default = 0 or 31 (if the default symbol set is WIN31J, the value is
31; otherwise it is 0)
Range = 0, 1, 21, 31, 38
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-33
If the value field is 38, character codes in the range 0×80-0xFF are
processed as the first byte of a two-byte character. The following byte
is processed as the second byte of the two-byte character. All
character codes outside this range are processed as one-byte values.
This method can be used for parsing Asian eight-bit encoding
specifications, such as the Big Five and TCA encoding specifications
(Taiwan), and KS C 5601-1992 and GB 2312-80, which can be either
7 or 8 bit.
Character Text Path Direction Command
This command allows the user to vertically rotate text for use in
vertical writing applications.
?&c#T
Using ?&c0T, the printer’s current active position (CAP) advances
left to right, and linefeed advances top to bottom with horizontal,
upright characters.
Using ?&c–1T, the following actions occur:
• Full-width characters in large fonts are rotated
counter-clockwise 90 degrees (“vertical rotated” characters).
• Vertical substitutes are made for characters which change
their appearance, orientation, or positioning when written
vertically.
• All other characters are unaffected by this setting.
• The vertical-rotated printing mode (?&c-1T) has the effect of
transforming a portrait page with horizontal text into a
landscape page with vertical text. The PCL Print Direction
command can be used to achieve other text orientations.
# = 0 – Horizontal printing
-1 – Vertical rotated printing
Default = 0
Range = 0, 1
2-34 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Vertical substitution characters are those characters which change
their appearance, orientation, or positioning when written vertically.
Examples in Japanese fonts include parentheses, brackets,
punctuation and small kana. In the example above, the two small
characters are replaced with vertical substitutes. Vertical substitution
characters are accessed through the Vertical Substitutes Character
Segment, which is described in more detail later in this chapter.
Font Header Format 16
The HP LaserJet 4PJ printer provides support for large fonts. Large
fonts, such as the MS Mincho and MS Gothic fonts supplied in the
printer, are fonts which are bound to large symbol sets. The
LaserJet 4PJ printer supports a new font header to accommodate
large bound fonts. New segments are provided for support of vertical
substitutes, galley characters, typeface strings, and character
enhancements.
The Font Header Command, described beginning on page 11-6 of the
PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual, has several
different header formats. The support of large fonts adds Font Header
Format 16 (Universal Font Header). Font Header Format 16 is
identical in structure to format 15 (Universal Scalable Font Header)
except that the size field for data segments has been enlarged from
16 bits to 32 bits, and a new Font Type has been added for large fonts
(Font Type 3).
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-35
New Font Format Header Segments
For the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer, Font Header Format 15 has been
extended to include optional data segments for supporting galley
characters, typeface strings, and character enhancements. Font
Format 16 supports these segments plus optional segments for
supporting vertical substitution and a vertical rotation offset.
(Segmented Font Data is described beginning on page 11-45 of the
PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual.)
Galley Character Segment
If an application requests a character that does not exist within the
current font, the printer checks the Galley Character Segment for a
substitute character to print.
Vertical Substitution Character Segment
The Vertical Substitution Character Segment is used to identify
vertical substitute glyphs for characters which change their
appearance, orientation, or positioning when written vertically.
Typeface String Segment
The Typeface String Segment allows names of permanent
downloaded fonts to be displayed, using non-Latin characters, in the
appropriate typeface on the Typeface List.
Vertical Rotation Segment
When the character text path direction is set to vertical rotation,
full-width characters are rotated counter-clockwise 90°. The Vertical
Rotation Segment sets the point around which the character rotates,
so that character alignment is compatible with the way Windows 3.1J
rotates characters.
Character Enhancement Segment
The HP LaserJet 4PJ printer can apply pseudo-bold and pseudo-italic
enhancements to MS Mincho, MS Gothic, and certain downloaded
TrueType fonts. This segment is used to indicate that a particular
downloaded font is able to have these character enhancements
applied.
2-36 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Table 2-5. Printer Segment Support for Font Format 16
Description of Font Header Segments
Each font header data segment contains three parts:
• Segment Identifier
• Data Segment Size
• Data Segment
Segment1 LJ 4PJ LJ 4V/
4MV
LJ 4LC LJ 4LJ
Pro
DJ 1600 LJ 5P
Galley Character – GC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Vertical Substitution – VT ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Typeface string – TF ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ns
Vertical Rotation – VR ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Character Enhancement –
CE
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Bitmap Resolution – BR* ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓
TrueType fonts ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Bitmap fonts* ns ✓ ✓ ✓ ns ✓
ns – not supported
* Format 16 bitmap font support is described beginning on page 2-63.
1 These segments are supported for the HP LaserJet 5Si and all later LaserJet printers.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-37
Segment Identifier Values
The Segment Identifier Values for the Galley Character, Vertical
Substitution Character, Typeface String, Vertical Rotation, and
Character Enhancement Segments are as shown in the following
table.
Data Segment Size
The Data Segment Size indicates the number of bytes in the
immediately following Data Segment. The size of this field is 4 bytes
for Font Format 16 fonts, and 2 bytes for Font Format 15 fonts. The
rest of the data segments are identical for both font formats.
Galley Character Segment
If an application requests a character that does not exist within the
current font, the printer checks the Galley Character Segment for a
substitute character to print instead. The Galley Character Segment
specifies the character codes of the substitute characters to be
printed. A different galley character can be specified for different
regions of the symbol set. For example, this segment can be set up
so that an asterisk prints when a non-existent character is selected in
the region 0×81 – 0×9F, and a question mark for characters in the
region 0xE0-0xFC.
Value Mnemonic* Data Segment
18243 GC Galley Character Segment
22100 VT Vertical Substitute Segment
21574 TF Typeface String Segment
22098 VR Vertical Rotation Segment
17221 CE Character Enhancement Segment
* The mnemonic is obtained when the two bytes of this big-endian word are treated as
ASCII characters.
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0 Byte
0 GC (18243) 1
2
4
Data Segment Size (6*n+6) * 3
5
6 Format = 0 7
8 Default Galley Character 9
2-38 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
• Default Galley Character (UI). Character code of the
character to be printed when a specified character is not within
any of the defined regions.
• Number of Regions (UI). Number of regions for which galley
characters are defined. Regions are defined for a table in
which the first character code byte specifies the row and the
second byte specifies the column.
• Region #x Upper Left Character Code (UI). Character code
defining upper left corner of Region #x.
• Region #x Lower Right Character Code (UI). Character
code defining lower right corner of Region #x.
• Region #x Galley Character (UI). Character code of the
character to be printed when a character within Region #x is
missing from the selected font.
If the value of the galley character field is 0xFFFF, then if the font
contains a missing character glyph, that glyph is printed. The missing
character glyph can be downloaded using the PCL Download
Character command with a character code = 0xFFFF and a glyph
ID = 0.
If both the character specified by the original character code and by
the galley character code are missing, the CAP is advanced in
accordance with previous PCL rules for missing characters, that is, it
is advanced according to the current setting of HMI (Horizontal
Motion Index).
10 Number of Regions (n) 11
12 Region #1 Upper Left Character Code 13
14 Region #1 Lower Right Character Code 15
16 Region #1 Galley Character 17
. . . . . .
6*n+6 Region #n Upper Left Character Code 6*n+7
6*n+8 Region #n Lower Right Character Code 6*n+9
6*n+10 Region #n Galley Character 6*n+11
* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0 Byte
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-39
The Galley Character Segment will be invalid if the format number is
not supported or if the segment size declared in the Segment Size
field is larger or smaller than required for the number of regions (N). If
the segment is invalid, the font download will be ignored.
Galley Character Segments can be downloaded with any Font Format
15 or 16 font, regardless of font type.
The Galley Character Segment can be used to implement a
requirement of the Microsoft Windows Version 3.1, Japanese Version,
Microsoft Standard Character Set Specification (March 11, 1993),
which states “when there is an output request for a character of a
specified typeface, even if the glyph corresponding to the specified
character code does not exist, some glyph data will be output. For
double-byte characters, the glyph of the default character defined for
the given TrueType font is used. For single-byte characters, the glyph
at 0xA5 (small dot, U+FF65) is used.”
The following table shows a Galley Character Segment which follows
the Japanese Windows specification.
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0 Byte
0 GC (18243) 1
2
4
Data Segment Size (12) * 3
5
6 Format = 0 7
8 Default Galley Character = 0xFFFF 9
10 Number of Regions (n) = 1 11
12 Region #1 Upper Left
Character Code = 0×0000
13
14 Region #1 Lower Right
Character Code = 0×00FF
15
16 Region #1 Galley Character = 0×00A5 17
* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.
2-40 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
In this example segment, there is one galley character region. This
region is applied to all one-byte characters (character codes
0×0000-0×00FF); any missing character in this region is replaced with
the character at character code location 0×00A5. Any missing
characters falling into this region (e.g. character codes 0×0100 -
0xFFFF) are replaced with the default galley character. Since in this
example the Default Galley Character field = 0xFFFF, the missing
character glyph is printed if it is present in the font.
Vertical Substitution Segment
The Vertical Substitution Segment contains pairs of glyph IDs. Each
pair specifies the horizontal and vertical glyph ID for a character. The
segment can be built directly from a TrueType mort table which
contains a vertical substitution array. The segment definition is shown
in the table below.
The Horizontal Glyph ID field is used by TrueType as an ID number for
the horizontal glyph data associated with a given character. The
Vertical Glyph ID field contains the ID number for the vertical glyph
data associated with the same character.
The vertical glyphs can be downloaded using the PCL Character
Definition Command using a character code = 0xFFFF.
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0 Byte
0 VT (22100) 1
2
4
Data Segment Size (4*n+4) * 3
5
6 Horizontal Glyph ID #1 7
8 Vertical Glyph ID #1 9
. . . . . .
4*n+2 Horizontal Glyph ID #n 4*n+3
4*n+4 Vertical Glyph ID #n 4*n+5
4*n+6 End of table mark #1 = 0xFFFF 4*n+7
4*n+8 End of table mark #2 = 0xFFFF 4*n+9
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-41
A TrueType mort table typically contains a header of 76 bytes,
followed by the vertical substitution array which follows the segment
format described here. However, the mort table header is designed to
be variable-length, and the location of the vertical substitution data
may be located elsewhere in mort tables in future fonts.
If the Font Type is not Type 3 (16-bit fonts), this data segment is
ignored.
If the value pairs are not sorted by horizontal glyph ID, the data
segment is invalid. If the End of Table mark #1 is not 0xFFFF, the data
segment is invalid. The location of the end of the table is determined
using the Data Segment Size field. If the segment is invalid, the font
download is ignored.
Typeface String Segment
The purpose of this segment is to provide a substitute string to print
for a permanent downloaded font when doing a PCL Typeface List
printout. It has the following structure:
Embedded Font Name Flag (UB)—A zero value in this field is used to
indicate that the ASCII name of the font (from the Font Name field)
should be printed in addition to the substitute string. A non-zero value
is used to indicate that only the substitute string should be printed.
• Substitute String Length (UB)—the number of UI characters in
the Substitute String Character List.
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0 Byte
0 TF (21574) 1
2
4
Data Segment Size (2*n+2) * 3
5
6 Embedded Font
Name Flag
Substitute String
Length (n)
7
8 Substitute String Character List 9
. . . . . .
* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.
2-42 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
• Substitute String Character List (array of UI)—the characters
which make up the substitute string. Each character is
represented as a UI value. If the font is a bound font, then the
values are accessed by their character codes values; if the font
is unbound, then the Unicode index numbers (see
Appendix D) are used.
The Typeface String Segment will be invalid if the Data Segment Size
declared in the Data Segment Size field is larger or smaller than
required for substitute string length, or if the Data Segment Size is an
odd number of bytes. If the segment is invalid, the font download will
be ignored.
Typeface String Segments can be downloaded with any Font
Format 15 or Font Format 16 font, regardless of font type.
The following tables are examples of Typeface String Segments for
two downloaded fonts. The first is for MS Mincho, and has the
embedded font name flag set to true. The second is for MS Gothic,
and has the embedded font name flag set to false.
MS Mincho
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0 Byte
0 TF (21574) 1
2
4
Data Segment Size
(10) *
3
5
6 Embedded Font
Name Flag = 1
Substitute String
Length = 4
7
8
10
12
14
Substitute String Character List =
0×826c (Note: these are full-width
0×8272 Shift-JIS character codes
0×96be for “MS” and Kanji “Mincho”)
0×92a9
9
11
13
15
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-43
MS Gothic
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0 Byte
0 TF (21574) 1
2
4
Data Segment Size
(14) *
3
5
6 Embedded Font
Name Flag = 0
Substitute String
Length = 6
7
8
10
12
14
16
18
Substitute String Character List =
0×826c (Note: these are full-width
0×8272 Shift-JIS character codes
0×8353 for “MS” and Katakana for
0×8356 “Gothic”)
0×8362
0×834e
9
11
13
15
17
19
* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.
2-44 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
The following illustration shows how the PCL Typeface List would
look.
Vertical Rotation Segment
The Vertical Rotation Segment is used to define the lower boundary
of the rotation box used when the character text path direction is set
to vertical rotation. This is an optional segment which may be
downloaded with Font Format 16 TrueType fonts.
The following illustration shows an example of character rotation. The
boxes around each character represent the vertical rotation box. The
distance between the baseline and the bottom of the character box is
represented by the Descender value in the Vertical Rotation
Segment.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-45
The structure of the Vertical Rotation Segment is:
• Format (UINT16)—Set this value to 0.
• Descender Value (SINT16)—Set this value to equal the
“sTypoDescender” value from the “OS/2” table of the TrueType
font.
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0 Byte
0 VR (22098) 1
2
4
Data Segment Size (4) * 3
5
6 Format (0) 7
8 Descender value 9
* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.
2-46 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
• If the Vertical Rotation Segment is not downloaded with the
font definition, a default value is used for the Descender value.
The default value is set to the following:
Descender value = -36/256 * ScaleFactor
Where: ScaleFactor is Bytes 64 and 65 from the Font Format
16 Font Header.
Character Enhancement Segment
This segment indicates whether the pseudo-bold or pseudo-italic
enhancements can be performed on a downloaded font.
The structure of the Character Enhancement Segment is:
• Style (UINT32)—This field specifies the style types that the
printer is allowed to perform on the font characters.
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0 Byte
0 CE (17221) 1
2 Data Segment Size (8) 3
4 5
6 Style 7
8 9
10 Stroke Weight 11
12 Reserved 13
* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.
31 43 0
Reserved Posture
Bit Positions (#) = Posture
1 = Italics
0, 2, 3 = Reserved
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-47
• Stroke Weight (UINT16)—This field specifies the stroke
weights which the printer is allowed to provide using the
pseudo-bold enhancement algorithm.
Note Only stroke weights greater than the stroke weight of the font can be
provided using the pseudo-bold enhancement algorithm.
15 0
Stroke weight
Bit Position (#) = Stroke Weight
0 = Reserved 8 = “Book” or “Text” Weight
1 = Ultra Thin 9 = Semi-Bold
2 = Extra Thin 10 = Demi-Bold
3 = Thin 11 = Bold
4 = Extra Light 12 = Extra Bold
5 = Light 13 = Black
6 = Demi Light 14 = Extra Black
7 = Semi Light 15 = Ultra Black
2-48 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP LaserJet 4PJ Programming Tips
This section provides programming tips concerning specific
considerations for the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer. This section covers
general print job initialization, font metric calculation, vertical writing,
and other issues which are pertinent to printing Japanese text on the
HP LaserJet 4PJ printer using PCL 5.
General Print Job Initialization
This example demonstrates the general print job initialization
procedure for the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer, which is slightly different
than that used for other HP LaserJet printers.
Output from pre-LaserJet 4PJ PCL drivers (for example, a
HP LaserJet 4P driver) will only print correctly on the
HP LaserJet 4PJ printer if the default PCL symbol set is set to a value
other than the Japanese Windows 3.1 (Win3.1J) symbol set. This is
because the default PCL text parsing method is set based on the
default PCL symbol set. When the default PCL symbol set is set to
Win3.1J, the default text parsing method is Shift-JIS parsing; for any
other value, such as Roman-8, the default text parsing method is
1-byte parsing. To set the default PCL symbol set value, use PJL or
the control panel.
The first example given here is nearly identical to the initialization
used for other HP LaserJet 4 family printers. The only difference is
that it includes a PJL command to set the default PCL symbol set to
Roman-8.
?%-12345X@PJL
@PJL SET RESOLUTION=600
@PJL PAGEPROTECT=OFF
@PJL RET=MEDIUM
@PJL COMMENT *** This command is added ***
@PJL SET LPARM:PCL SYMSET=ROMAN8
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL
?E?&l1×1s1h2a0o8c6e54F?&a5L?(0U?(s1p9vs3b41
~01T
The commands in the above example are explained in more detail in
the PCL 5 and PJL technical reference manuals.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-49
The second example given here initializes a PCL 5 print job for
printing Japanese text. The major differences from the previous
example are that it specifies A4 paper, initializes the text parsing
method to Shift-JIS, selects Win3.1J as the primary symbol set,
selects MS-Mincho as the primary font.
?%-12345X@PJL
@PJL SET RESOLUTION=600
@PJL PAGEPROTECT=OFF
@PJL RET=MEDIUM
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL
?E?&l1×1h26a0o8c6e60F?&a5L?&t31P?(19K
~?(s1p10v0s0b28752T
The last line (2 lines, as shown) in the above example is a PCL 5
initialization string. This set of commands resets the printer, specifies
1 copy, specifies the paper tray as a paper source, chooses A4-size
paper, selects portrait orientation, VMI=8 (6LPI), sets top margin to
6 lines, selects a text length of 60 lines, a 5-column left margin,
Shift-JIS parsing, WIN3.1J symbol set, and a proportional, 10-point,
upright, text-weight MS-Mincho font.
After the PCL print data, the following commands would be used to
complete the job:
?E?%-12345X
Font Metric Calculation
Accurate character placement relies on the ability to predict character
width and height. As a character’s point size changes, so does its
width and height. (CAP displacement, the distance the CAP moves
for vertically rotated text, is a full-width calculation.)
In proportionally spaced fonts, character widths also vary from
character to character within the font. Variable character widths add
complexity to maintaining accurate line widths, page breaks, or
WYSIWYG operation. To support most proportionally spaced fonts,
font metrics must be extracted from the font metric files.
2-50 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
In the MS-Mincho and MS-Gothic fonts provided in the
HP LaserJet 4PJ, font metric calculation is somewhat easier than for
the Latin-based fonts. Width calculations are easier because all
characters of these fonts conform to one of two different character
widths at a particular point size. The characters are either considered
full-width or half- width. One-byte characters are always half-width
and two-byte characters are always full-width.
Full-width characters occupy the entire EM width at a particular point
size. Half-width characters occupy half of an EM width. The following
equations show how to calculate the EM width and character widths
for a full-width and a half-width character.
ppem = round (DeviceResolution * PointSize/72)
FullWidthDeltaX = round (ppem * PCLUnits/ DeviceResolution)
HalfWidthDeltaX=round ((ppem/2) * PCLUnits/DeviceResolution)
where:
ppem = EM width in pixels
DeviceResolution = current device resolution in dots per inch
(600 or 300dpi)
PointSize = point size requested
FullWidthDeltaX = character width of full-width character in PCL Units
HalfWidthDeltaX = character width of half-width character in PCL Units
PCLUnits = PCL Units
The PCL Unit of measure is explained in more detail in the PCL 5
Technical Reference Manual. The default PCL Unit size is 1/300th of
an inch, but the Unit of Measure command can be used to set the
PCL Unit size to other values.
Note that HalfWidthDeltaX may not be exactly half of FullWidthDeltaX
because of rounding. For example, if FullWidthDeltaX = round(99.0) =
99, then the corresponding HalfWidthDeltaX = round(99.0/2) =
round(49.5) = 50.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-51
Character Enhancements
The HP LaserJet 4PJ printer supports PCL pseudo-bold and
pseudo-italic character enhancements. These enhancements can be
applied to the internal MS-Mincho and MS-Gothic fonts. They can
also be applied to a TrueType soft font if a suitable “Character
Enhancement” Segment is downloaded with the font header.
The enhancements are selected using PCL font selection commands.
The pseudo-italic enhancement can be selected using the Style
command. The pseudo-bold enhancement can be selected using the
Stroke Weight command. The bold levels which can be applied to the
internal MS-Mincho and MS-Gothic fonts are Semi Bold, Demi Bold,
Bold, and Extra Bold. For example, to select a 10-point, Extra Bold,
Italic, MS-Mincho font, use the following PCL command:
?(19K?(s1p10v1s4b28752T
In the above command, Italics style (1s) and Extra Bold weight (4b)
are selected. Since there is not an Extra Bold Italic MS-Mincho font
resident in the printer, pseudo-italics and pseudo-bolding algorithms
are applied to characters printed from the regular MS-Mincho font.
If a soft font is selected using the “Font Selection by ID” command
(e.g. ?(#X ), the font is selected without any character
enhancements applied. To select a soft font by ID with character
enhancements, first select the font by ID, then select the desired
attributes. For example, assume a soft font is downloaded with ID = 1
and a Character Enhancement Segment indicating that pseudo-bold
and pseudo-italics character enhancements can be applied. The
following command can be used to select that font with those
enhancements:
?(1X?(s1s3B
Other font effects, such as character shadowing, strike-through, and
gray-shading can be accomplished using the print model.
2-52 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Note HP-GL/2 as implemented in HP LaserJet printers has no mechanism
for parsing 2-byte characters. Therefore, HP-GL/2 character
transformations (e.g. SI and SR commands) cannot be applied to
these characters.
HP-GL/2 as implemented in HP LaserJet printers has no mechanism
for parsing 2-byte characters. Therefore, HP-GL/2 character
transformations (e.g. SI and SR commands) cannot be applied to
these characters.
Vertical Writing
Vertical writing can be accomplished using the vertical rotated (“-1”)
mode of the Character Text Path command (?&c-1T). When using a
vertical rotated text path direction, full-width characters are rotated
and printed “on their sides.” All other characters are unaffected and
the CAP is still advanced in the horizontal direction. The “-1” mode
has the effect of transforming a portrait page with horizontal full-width
characters into a landscape page with vertical full-width characters.
This can be combined with the Print Direction command (?&a#P) to
achieve the desired text orientation (e.g. portrait, landscape, reverse
portrait, or reverse landscape).
An example of horizontal and vertical rotated writing is shown below.
The first line of text is horizontal writing and the second line is vertical
rotated writing. Note that the “~” character is replaced with a vertical
substitute on the second line. The C program that follows was used to
generate the PCL commands for this example.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-53
#include
#include
#define MONTH “\202P\202P\214\216″
#define DAY1 ”\202P\202U\223\372″
#define TILDE “\201\140″
#define DAY2 ”\202P\202V\223\372″
#define KANJITXT MONTH DAY1 TILDE MONTH DAY2
FILE *prn;
main()
{
int point_size=24;
prn = fopen(“lpt1″,”wb”); /* open lpt1 for writing */
fprintf(prn,”\33%%-12345X”); /* send UEL to get to PJL */
fprintf(prn,”@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL\n”); /* Enter PCL */
fprintf(prn,”\33E”); /* send an esc E to reset printer */
fprintf(prn,”\33&a4L”); /* left margin */
fprintf(prn,”\33&t31P”); /* text parsing = Shift-JIS */
fprintf(prn,”\33(19K”); /* symbol set = Win3.1J */
fprintf(prn,”\33(s1p%dv0s0b28752T”,point_size); /* MS-Mincho */
fprintf(prn,”\n\n\n\r” KANJITXT); /* print horizontal version */
fprintf(prn,”\33&c-1T”); /* select vertical writing */
fprintf(prn,”\n\n\n\r” KANJITXT); /* print vertical version */
fprintf(prn,”\f”); /* formfeed */
fprintf(prn,”\33%%-12345X”); /* send UEL to get to PJL */
}
Printing Ruby Characters (Furigana)
Ruby characters, also known in Japanese as furigana, are small
characters typically used as an aid in kanji pronunciation. Ruby
characters are usually (but not always) hiragana. They are generally
placed above the corresponding kanji in horizontal writing and to the
right in vertical writing. Ruby characters can be generated using font
scaling and cursor positioning commands.
An example of ruby characters is shown below. In this example, the
ruby characters are printed at one-third the size of the kanji. The C
program that follows was used to generate the PCL commands for
this example.
2-54 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
#include
#include
#define KANJITXT “\225\127\226\173″
#define RUBYTXT ”\202\320\202\345\202\244 \202\331\202\361 “
FILE *prn;
main()
{
int point_size=72;
prn = fopen(”lpt1″,”wb”); /* open lpt1 for writing */
fprintf(prn,”\33%%-12345X”); /* send UEL to get to PJL */
fprintf(prn,”@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL\n”); /* Enter PCL */
fprintf(prn,”\33E”); /* EscE to reset printer */
fprintf(prn,”\33&t31P”); /* text parsing = Shift-JIS */
fprintf(prn,”\33(19K”); /* symbol set = Win3.1J */
fprintf(prn,”\33(s1p%dv0s0b28752T”,point_size); /* MS-Mincho */
fprintf(prn,”\33*p300×400Y”); /* set cursor position */
fprintf(prn,KANJITXT); /* print kanji characters */
fprintf(prn,”\33(s%dV”,point_size/3); /*furigana point size */
fprintf(prn,”\33*p300x%dY”,400-4*point_size);/*cursor position*/
fprintf(prn,RUBYTXT); /* print ruby characters */
fprintf(prn,”\f”); /* formfeed */
fprintf(prn,”\33%%-12345X”); /* send UEL to get to PJL */
}
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-55
Vertical Underlining
In Japanese writing, vertical underlines are placed to the right of
vertical columns of text. This can be accomplished in PCL 5 using the
Fill Rectangular Area command.
An underline is simply a long thin black-filled box. The length of the
underline depends on the length of the text to be underlined.
An example of vertical underlining is shown below. The C program
that follows was used to generate the PCL commands for this
example.
#include
#include
#define MONTH “\202P\202P\214\216″
#define DAY1 ”\202P\202U\223\372″
#define TILDE “\201\140″
#define DAY2 ”\202P\202V\223\372″
#define KANJITXT MONTH DAY1 TILDE MONTH DAY2
FILE *prn;
main()
{
int point_size=24;
prn = fopen(“lpt1″,”wb”); /* open lpt1 for writing */
2-56 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
fprintf(prn,”\33%%-12345X”); /* send UEL to get to PJL */
fprintf(prn,”@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL\n”); /* Enter PCL */
fprintf(prn,”\33E”); /* Esc E to reset printer */
fprintf(prn,”\33&t31P”); /* text parsing = Shift-JIS */
fprintf(prn,”\33(19K”); /* symbol set = Win3.1J */
fprintf(prn,”\33&a270P”); /* print direction = 270 */
fprintf(prn,”\33*p500×1300Y”); /* set CAP position */
fprintf(prn,”\33(s1p%dv0s0b28752T”,point_size); /* MS-Mincho */
fprintf(prn,”\33&c-1T”); /* select vertical writing */
fprintf(prn, KANJITXT); /* print vertical text */
fprintf(prn,”\33*p500x%dY”,1300-point_size*4); /* set CAP for
underline*/
/* draw underline */
fprintf(prn,”\33*c%da3b0P”,300 * strlen(KANJITXT)/2 *
point_size/72);
fprintf(prn,”\f”); /* formfeed */
fprintf(prn,”\33%%-12345X”); /* send UEL to get to PJL */
}
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-57
Vertical Clusters
Vertical clusters are groups of two or three narrow characters
side-by-side in a vertical line of text. Vertical clusters containing
half-width characters can be created by using a combination of print
direction and cursor positioning commands.
An example of vertical clusters is shown below. The C program that
follows was used to generate the PCL commands for this example. In
this example, two half- width characters (e.g. 2-digit numbers) were
printed as vertical clusters.
#include
#include
#define MONTH “\214\216″
#define TILDE ”\201\140″
#define DAY “\223\372″
#define CLUSTER ”\201\10033&f0S33&a0P%s%d33&a270P33&f1S”
FILE *prn;
main()
{
int point_size=24;
int offset;
char OFFSET[40];
prn = fopen(“lpt1″,”wb”); /* open lpt1 for writing */
offset = ( 36 * point_size * 300) /
2-58 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
/* —— ————— */
( 256 * 72 );
sprintf(OFFSET,”\33*p-%dx-%dY”,offset,offset); /* used to
place cluster */
fprintf(prn,”\33%%-12345X”); /* send UEL to get to PJL */
fprintf(prn,”@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL\n”); /* Enter PCL */
fprintf(prn,”\33E”); /* Esc E to reset printer */
fprintf(prn,”\33&t31P”); /* text parsing = Shift-JIS */
fprintf(prn,”\33(19K”); /* symbol set = Win3.1J */
fprintf(prn,”\33&a270P”); /* print direction = 270 */
fprintf(prn,”\33*p500×1300Y”); /* set CAP position */
fprintf(prn,”\33(s1p%dv0s0b28752T”,point_size); /* MS-Mincho */
fprintf(prn,”\33&c-1T”); /* select vertical writing mode */
fprintf(prn, CLUSTER MONTH, OFFSET, 11); /* print month */
fprintf(prn, CLUSTER DAY, OFFSET, 16); /* print day */
fprintf(prn, TILDE); /* print tilde */
fprintf(prn, CLUSTER MONTH, OFFSET, 11); /* print month */
fprintf(prn, CLUSTER DAY, OFFSET, 17); /* print day */
fprintf(prn,”\f”); /* formfeed */
fprintf(prn,”\33%%-12345X”); /* send UEL to get to PJL */
}
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-59
Paper Size
Three new paper sizes were added to the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer.
These paper sizes include: JIS B5, Hagaki, and Oufuku-hagaki. The
logical page size in dots per inch are shown in the table below. See
page 1-26 in this manual and pages 2-9 to 2-10 in the PCL 5 Printer
Language Technical Reference Manual for an explanation of these
values.
DIMENSIONS
(at 300 DPI – double for 600 DPI)
PAPER SIZE A B C D E F G H
Portrait Dimensions
JIS B5 2149 3035 2007 3035 71 0 50 150
Hagaki 1181 1748 1039 1748 71 0 50 150
Oufuku-hagaki 1748 2362 1606 2362 71 0 50 150
Landscape Dimensions
JIS B5 3035 2149 2917 2149 59 0 50 150
Hagaki 1748 1181 1630 1181 59 0 50 150
Oufuku-hagaki 2362 1748 2244 1748 59 0 50 150
2-60 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus Printers
HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus printers are performance-enhanced
follow-on products for HP LaserJet 4 and 4M printers, respectively.
The HP LaserJet 4M Plus printer is the multi-platform (PostScript)
version of the LaserJet 4 Plus printer.
In addition to extra speed, these printers also have the following
added features which are not controlled using PCL:
• Memory Enhancement technology (MEt), which uses
memory-saving techniques to better utilize available memory
(refer to Chapter 5, “Memory Usage” for additional
information). MEt is not controlled using PCL.
• Resource saving, as in the LaserJet 4Si printer. Resource
saving allows saving information for the current language (PCL
or PostScript) when switching to another language. If resource
saving is enabled, all the permanent fonts, macros, and
user-defined patterns plus other miscellaneous data is saved
in a reserved portion of printer memory. This data is stored
until the language is enabled again. When the language is
re-enabled, the stored data is made available for use.
Resource saving is enabled from the control panel or using
PJL—no PCL commands are required for this operation.
• EconoMode, a feature supported by HP LaserJet 4L and 4P
printers, allows the user to reduce the amount of toner used by
removing about 75% of the dots from the printed page.
EconoMode is selected using PJL or from the control panel—it
is not controlled using PCL.
• Powersave mode, which minimizes power consumption when
the printer is sitting idle. The amount of idle time required
before the printer goes into powersave mode is configurable
using the control panel or PJL.
PCL operation in these two printers is almost identical to that of
HP LaserJet 4 and 4M printers, except HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M
Plus printers support Logical Operations (ROP3) as explained in the
HP LaserJet 4ML printer section in this chapter. In addition, the
internal fonts in HP LaserJet Plus and 4M Plus printers support the
Latin 2 and Latin 5 symbol sets for all typefaces (in the HP LaserJet 4,
4M, 4Si, and 4SiMx, only 15 of the 35 Intellifont typefaces support
these symbol sets). Refer to Table 1-1, PCL Feature Support Matrix,
for the commands these printers support and to Chapter 3, “Internal
Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets,” for font support information.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-61
HP LaserJet 4V and 4MV Printers
HP LaserJet 4V and 4MV printers print at speeds up to 16 pages per
minute and handle many paper sizes including 11″x17″ paper. The
HP LaserJet 4MV is the multi-platform (PostScript) version of the
HP LaserJet 4V printer.
The HP LaserJet 4V/4MV PCL 5 feature set is similar to that of the
HP LaserJet 4 Plus/4M Plus printers, with the addition of wide format
media support. As an option, the printer can also support Japanese
printing as does the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer, including the following
PCL enhancements:
• Font header support for large bitmap fonts
• Text parsing method
• Character text path direction
• Japanese media/postcard support
• Japanese fonts (large fonts)
As with HP LaserJet 4Plus and 4M Plus printers, the LaserJet 4V and
4MV printers support the following added features which are not
controlled using PCL:
• Memory Enhancement technology (MEt)
• Resource saving
• EconoMode
• Powersave mode
Refer to Table 1-1, the PCL Feature Support Matrix, for the
commands these printers support, and to Chapter 3, “Internal
Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets,” for font support information.
2-62 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Font Header Format 16 Bitmap Font Support
Font Header Format 16 was introduced with the HP LaserJet 4PJ for
downloading large TrueType fonts. For the HP LaserJet 4V, Font
Header Format 16 has been extended to support large bitmap fonts
as well. The Font Header command ( ? ) s # W [font header data] ) is
used to download font header data to the printer.
A large font is a bound font with character codes that are not limited to
8-bit values. For this reason a large font is sometimes called a 16-bit
font.
Font Header Format
Font Header Format 16 was introduced because some font data
segments in large fonts could be larger than 65535 bytes, and this
was not supported by Font Header Format 15. The structures of
Format 15 and Format 16 are identical with the exception of the
Segment Size field in the Segmented Font Data format. Table 2-10
below shows the Format 15 and Format 16 Font Header format.
Table 2-11 shows the Format 15 Segmented Font Data format.
Table 2-12 shows the Format 16 Segmented Font Data format. Note
that Format 15 does not support bitmap fonts.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-63
Table 2-6. Format 15 and Format 16 Font Header
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0
0 Font Descriptor Size (minimum 72)
2 Header Format (15 or 16) Font Type
4 Style MSB Reserved
6 Baseline Position
8 Cell Width
10 Cell Height
12 Orientation Spacing
14 Symbol Set
16 Pitch (default HMI)
18 Height
20 x-Height
22 Width Type Style LSB
24 Stroke Weight Typeface LSB
26 Typeface MSB Serif Style
28 Quality Placement
30 Underline Position (Distance) Underline Thickness
32 Text Height
34 Text Width
36 First Code
38 Last Code/Number of Characters
40 Pitch Extended Height Extended
42 Cap Height
44 – 47 Font Number
48 – 63 Font Name
64 Scale Factor
66 Master Underline Position
68 Master Underline Thickness
70 Font Scaling Technology Variety
72
. . .
[additional data may be inserted here]
Desc.
Size
. . .
Segmented Font Data
. . .
# – 2 Reserved (0) Checksum
2-64 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Table 2-7. Format 15 Segmented Font Data
Table 2-8. Format 16 Segmented Font Data
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0
x + 0 First segment, Segment Identifier
x + 2 First segment, Segment Size
x + 4
. . .
First segment, Data Segment
. . .
x + 4
+ 1st
seg size
Second segment: Segment identifier,
Size, Data Segment
. . .
. . . . . .
# – 6 Null Segment Identifier (FFFF – hex)
# – 4 Null Segment Size (0)
# – 2 Reserved (0) Checksum
x = Font Descriptor Size
# = Font header length (as defined in the Font Header command).
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0
x + 0 First segment, Segment Identifier
x + 2
x + 4
First segment, Segment Size
x+ 6
. . .
First segment, Data Segment
. . .
x + 6
+ 1st
seg
size
Second segment: Segment identifier,
Size, Data Segment
. . .
. . . . . .
# – 8 Null Segment Identifier (FFFF – hex)
# – 6
# – 4
Null Segment Size (0)
# – 2 Reserved (0) Checksum
x = Font Descriptor Size
# = Font header length (as defined in Font Header command).
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-65
The Segment Size field, which is part of each segment within the
Segmented Font Data, was changed from an unsigned integer in
Format 15 to an unsigned long integer in Format 16. This allows
segments to be up to 232– 1 bytes long.
Font Header Format 15 is described in more detail in the PCL 5
Printer Language Technical Reference Manual in the “Soft Font
Creation” chapter.
Format 16 supports new segments and new values for the Font Type
and Font Scaling Technology fields. New segments which are specific
to large TrueType fonts are described in this chapter in the section
titled “HP LaserJet 4PJ printer.” (This information will included be in
future versions of the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference
Manual.) The new segments and values which are specific to bitmap
fonts are described below.
Header Format
The Header Format byte identifies the font header format. For large
fonts, this field should be set to 16. Note that Format 15 does not
support bitmap fonts.
Scale Factor
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 0.
Master Underline Position
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 0.
Master Underline Thickness
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 0.
Font Scaling Technology
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 254.
2-66 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Variety
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 0.
The remaining fields should be set the same as in the Format 0 Font
Header for PCL Bitmapped Fonts, with the following exceptions:
Font Type
Font type describes the font’s relation to symbol sets. For Format 16
bitmap fonts, set this field to 3. A value of 3 is used to identify a large
(16-bit) font. All character codes 0 to 65534 are printable, except 0, 7
to 15, and 27 [decimal]. Access to those codes which are unprintable,
yet have a character defined, requires the use of the Transparent
Print Data command. In older font header formats, PCL 5 LaserJet
printers use this field to determine the first and last codes of the
symbol set.
First Code
For Format 16 bitmap fonts, set this field to the first printable
character in the font. In older bitmap font formats, PCL 5 LaserJet
printers ignore this field.
Last Code
For Format 16 bitmap fonts, set this field to the last printable
character in the font. In older bitmap font formats, PCL 5 LaserJet
printers ignore this field.
One new data segment is defined for Format 16 bitmap fonts:
Bitmap Resolution Data Segment
The bitmap resolution data segment is used to define the x-resolution
and y-resolution for the bitmap. This segment is required for Format
16 bitmap fonts.
The structure for the bitmap segment is shown in Table 2-13.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-67
Table 2-9. Bitmap Resolution Data Segment
The decimal equivalent for the ‘BR’ mnemonic is 16978.
X Resolution (unsigned long integer)
This fields specifies the resolution of the font in the X dimension in
dots per inch.
Y Resolution (unsigned long integer)
This fields specifies the resolution of the font in the Y dimension in
dots per inch.
If the specified combination is not supported by the printer, the font
will be invalidated. In the HP LaserJet 4V, supported combinations
are (X Resolution=300,Y Resolution=300) and (X Resolution=600,Y
Resolution=600).
Character Definition
The Character Descriptor and Data command ( ?( s # W [character
descriptor and data] ) is used to download character data blocks to
the printer. Format 4 is used to download character descriptors and
data for bitmap characters. This command is described in detail in the
PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual.
Byte 15 (MSB) 8 7 (LSB) 0
x + 0 Segment Identifier (’BR’)
x + 2
x + 4
Segment Size (4)
x + 6 X Resolution
x + 8 Y Resolution
2-68 Printer-Specific Differences ENWW
Limitations
The following limitations apply to Format 16 Font Headers for bitmap
fonts:
• The Font Type field for Format 16 bitmap fonts must be set to
3. This is the case for 1-byte as well as 2-byte bitmap fonts.
First Code and Last Code fields need to be set.
• Format 16 optional data segments are ignored for bitmap
fonts. These include the galley character segment, vertical
substitution character segment, typeface string segment, and
vertical rotation segment.
• Vertical rotated printing (character text path direction
command, ?&c-1T) is not available for bitmap fonts.
ENWW Printer-Specific Differences 2-69
HP Color LaserJet Printer
As its name implies, the HP Color LaserJet printer is a color laser
printer. This 300 dpi printer adds several new features to the PCL 5
language. These new features are summarized in the table below and
are described in detail in the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference
Manual (part number 5961-0940). The printer also supports logical
operations, the HP-GL/2 Merge Control command, and pixel
placement (both PCL and HP-GL/2 commands). These commands
are described in the HP LaserJet 4L section of this chapter and also
in the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference Manual.
Table 2-10. PCL Feature Additions for HP Color LaserJet Printer
Feature Status Comments
AppleTalk Configuration Modified In addition to supporting the RENAME, JOB, and TYPE
key values, this printer also supports the ZONE value.
Assign Color Index New Assigns the three current color components to the
specified palette index number.
Color Components 1, 2, 3 New These three commands specify the three color
components of any new color entry in the color palette.
Color lookup Tables New Enables and specifies color lookup tables to map color
input data into a new output range based on
point-by-point conversions. A lookup table is specified for
each primary color.
CR (Color Range—HP-GL/2) New Sets the range for specifying relative color data.
Configure Image Data New Configures the printer for color imaging—establishes a
modifiable color palette, sets the pixel encoding mode,
and sets the number of bits per index and per primary
color.
Download Dither Matrix New Specifies a single dither matrix for all three primary
colors.
Download Pattern New Downloads user-defined patterns, including color
patterns, to the printer.
Foreground Color New Sets the foreground color to the specified index of the
current palette.
Gamma Correction New Specifies the gamma correction to be applied equally to
each primary color.
Monochrom